{"title":"Cake Boxes","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"max-width: 980px; margin: 0 auto; font-family: 'Helvetica Neue', Arial, sans-serif; color: #2d2d2d; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- ============== H1 + CHAPÔ ============== --\u003e\n\u003ch1 style=\"font-family: 'Playfair Display', 'Georgia', serif; font-size: 2.4em; color: #2d2d2d; text-align: center; margin: 0 0 0.3em 0; letter-spacing: -0.5px;\"\u003eCake Boxes\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"text-align: center; font-style: italic; color: #b8973f; font-size: 1.1em; margin: 0 0 1.5em 0; letter-spacing: 0.5px;\"\u003eFood packaging to carry, present, and preserve your pastries with elegance\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 1.05em; text-align: justify; margin-bottom: 1.5em;\"\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003ecake box\u003c\/strong\u003e is much more than just a container: it is the case that protects your creation during transport and extends the customer experience until opening. Whether you are a pastry chef, caterer, baker, or home baking enthusiast, a suitable box guarantees impeccable presentation and optimal preservation. Our selection covers all configurations: \u003cstrong\u003eround cake box\u003c\/strong\u003e, square, rectangular, or tall, in sturdy kraft cardboard, clean white, or transparent versions to showcase the most spectacular pieces. All our boxes are certified for \u003cstrong\u003edirect food contact\u003c\/strong\u003e, compliant with current European standards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- ============== GOLDEN BOX – PROMISE ============== --\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background: linear-gradient(135deg, #faf6ed 0%, #f5ecd5 100%); border-left: 4px solid #b8973f; padding: 1.5em 2em; margin: 2em 0; border-radius: 4px;\"\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 0; font-size: 1.05em;\"\u003e\u003cstrong style=\"color: #b8973f; letter-spacing: 0.5px; text-transform: uppercase; font-size: 0.9em;\"\u003eThe Patissland Commitment\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAffordable \u003cstrong\u003ecake boxes\u003c\/strong\u003e without compromising on quality. Permanent stock, fast delivery, and a range designed for both professionals and individuals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- ============== ACCORDION 1: SIZES ============== --\u003e\n\u003cdetails style=\"border: 1px solid #e8d9b0; border-radius: 6px; margin-bottom: 0.8em; padding: 0; background: #fdfaf2;\"\u003e\n\u003csummary style=\"padding: 1.1em 1.4em; cursor: pointer; font-weight: 600; font-size: 1.1em; color: #2d2d2d; list-style: none; position: relative;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #b8973f; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e◆\u003c\/span\u003e Which box size to choose according to your cake?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"padding: 0.5em 1.4em 1.5em 1.4em;\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe choice of size depends on the shape and height of your creation. \u003cstrong\u003eRound cake boxes\u003c\/strong\u003e are perfect for entremets, genoise, and classic tarts from 18 to 32 cm. \u003cstrong\u003eSquare and rectangular boxes\u003c\/strong\u003e are suitable for \u003ca style=\"color: #b8973f; text-decoration: underline; font-weight: 500;\" href=\"\/en\/collections\/layer-cake\"\u003elayer cakes\u003c\/a\u003e, tall design cakes, and custom tiered cakes. For \u003cstrong\u003ewedding cakes\u003c\/strong\u003e and tiered creations, opt for reinforced models with \u003ca style=\"color: #b8973f; text-decoration: underline; font-weight: 500;\" href=\"\/en\/collections\/cake-drum\"\u003eintegrated cake drum\u003c\/a\u003e, capable of supporting several kilos without deforming. \u003cstrong\u003eTall boxes\u003c\/strong\u003e (up to 30 cm high) are essential for modern cake design and decorated number cakes. Finally, for individual pastries — cupcakes, \u003ca style=\"color: #b8973f; text-decoration: underline; font-weight: 500;\" href=\"\/en\/collections\/caissettes\"\u003emuffins\u003c\/a\u003e, macarons, éclairs — compartmentalized \u003ca style=\"color: #b8973f; text-decoration: underline; font-weight: 500;\" href=\"\/en\/collections\/boites-a-cupcakes\"\u003ecupcake boxes\u003c\/a\u003e and specific macaron boxes offer perfect support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 1em; font-style: italic; color: #6b6b6b; font-size: 0.95em;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize tip\u003c\/strong\u003e: always add 2 to 3 cm to your cake’s dimensions to make boxing easier without damaging the decorations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c!-- ============== ACCORDION 2: MATERIALS ============== --\u003e\n\u003cdetails style=\"border: 1px solid #e8d9b0; border-radius: 6px; margin-bottom: 0.8em; padding: 0; background: #fdfaf2;\"\u003e\n\u003csummary style=\"padding: 1.1em 1.4em; cursor: pointer; font-weight: 600; font-size: 1.1em; color: #2d2d2d; list-style: none; position: relative;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #b8973f; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e◆\u003c\/span\u003e Kraft cardboard, transparent or plastic: which material for which use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"padding: 0.5em 1.4em 1.5em 1.4em;\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKraft cardboard\u003c\/strong\u003e remains the reference choice: sturdy, recyclable, economical, and ideal for direct food contact. Its natural shade matches a rustic-chic presentation or artisanal branding. \u003cstrong\u003eWhite cardboard\u003c\/strong\u003e offers a cleaner, more modern look, particularly suited for \u003cstrong\u003ecustomizable cake boxes\u003c\/strong\u003e that you can personalize with stamps, stickers, or ribbons. \u003cstrong\u003eTransparent cake boxes\u003c\/strong\u003e (made of food-grade PET) are perfect for presentations that highlight the visual: \u003cstrong\u003ewedding boxes\u003c\/strong\u003e, baby showers, sweet tables, events where the pastry becomes the centerpiece. Finally, \u003cstrong\u003erigid plastic boxes\u003c\/strong\u003e provide superior sealing for long transports or pastries sensitive to condensation. All these materials are available at Patissland in various sizes and certified for food contact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c!-- ============== ACCORDION 3: PROFESSIONALS ============== --\u003e\n\u003cdetails style=\"border: 1px solid #e8d9b0; border-radius: 6px; margin-bottom: 0.8em; padding: 0; background: #fdfaf2;\"\u003e\n\u003csummary style=\"padding: 1.1em 1.4em; cursor: pointer; font-weight: 600; font-size: 1.1em; color: #2d2d2d; list-style: none; position: relative;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #b8973f; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e◆\u003c\/span\u003e Solutions for professional pastry chefs and caterers\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"padding: 0.5em 1.4em 1.5em 1.4em;\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor pastry shops, tea rooms, and event caterers, we offer \u003cstrong\u003ebulk cake box sets\u003c\/strong\u003e at discounted prices. Specific models for \u003cstrong\u003ewedding cake transport\u003c\/strong\u003e are reinforced, with integrated handles and stiffened bases to support the heaviest pieces. Our \u003cstrong\u003ecake transport boxes\u003c\/strong\u003e include models with removable trays that make extraction easier without damaging the decoration — a must for wedding cakes and haute couture cake design creations. For everyday use, \u003cstrong\u003eindividual pastry boxes\u003c\/strong\u003e for 1 or 2 portions allow single sales with a professional look. Also consider colorful oriental boxes for traditional pastries (Moroccan wedding cakes, Eid celebrations) — a segment where the box is an integral part of the product experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c!-- ============== ACCORDION 4: FAQ ============== --\u003e\n\u003cdetails style=\"border: 1px solid #e8d9b0; border-radius: 6px; margin-bottom: 0.8em; padding: 0; background: #fdfaf2;\"\u003e\n\u003csummary style=\"padding: 1.1em 1.4em; cursor: pointer; font-weight: 600; font-size: 1.1em; color: #2d2d2d; list-style: none; position: relative;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #b8973f; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e◆\u003c\/span\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"padding: 0.5em 1.4em 1.5em 1.4em;\"\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin-bottom: 1em;\"\u003e\u003cstrong style=\"color: #b8973f;\"\u003eHow to choose the right cake box size?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMeasure the exact dimensions of your cake (diameter or length × width, and height), then add 2 to 3 cm to each dimension. This margin prevents contact between the cake edges and the box walls, preserving side decorations and making unmolding easier upon arrival.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin-bottom: 1em;\"\u003e\u003cstrong style=\"color: #b8973f;\"\u003eAre cardboard boxes really suitable for food contact?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, provided they are certified (mandatory mention \"suitable for food contact\"). All our \u003cstrong\u003ecardboard cake boxes\u003c\/strong\u003e comply with CE standards and European regulation 1935\/2004. For very greasy or soaked pastries, we recommend adding a \u003ca style=\"color: #b8973f; text-decoration: underline; font-weight: 500;\" href=\"\/en\/collections\/cake-card\"\u003ecake card\u003c\/a\u003e or parchment paper between the cake and the base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin-bottom: 1em;\"\u003e\u003cstrong style=\"color: #b8973f;\"\u003eHow to transport a tiered wedding cake in a box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIdeally, transport each tier separately in a dedicated \u003cstrong\u003ecake transport box\u003c\/strong\u003e, then assemble on site. If assembly before departure is mandatory, choose a reinforced box with integrated cake drum, following the rule: box width ≥ diameter of the widest tier + 4 cm, height ≥ total height + 5 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin-bottom: 0;\"\u003e\u003cstrong style=\"color: #b8973f;\"\u003eHow long does a cake keep in its box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt depends on the type of cake and temperature. At room temperature (18-22°C), a cake design covered with fondant keeps 2 to 3 days in its closed box. In the refrigerator, count 4 to 5 days for an entremet in an airtight box. Avoid condensation by taking the box out of the fridge 1 hour before opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c!-- ============== SIGNATURE ============== --\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center; margin: 2.5em 0 1em 0; padding-top: 1.5em; border-top: 1px solid #e8d9b0;\"\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-style: italic; color: #b8973f; font-size: 1em; margin: 0; letter-spacing: 0.5px;\"\u003e✦ Discover below our complete selection of cake boxes ✦\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"boite-a-gateau-hauteur-choix","title":"Layer Cake Box with Removable Lid","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n.patissland-product{font-family:'Helvetica Neue',Arial,sans-serif;color:#2a2419;line-height:1.7;width:100%;max-width:1200px;margin:0 auto;box-sizing:border-box}\n.patissland-product *{box-sizing:border-box}\n.patissland-product .pl-intro{background:linear-gradient(135deg,#fdfaf5 0%,#eadfcb 100%);padding:24px 28px;border-radius:14px;border-left:5px solid #b98b35;margin:0 0 28px;box-shadow:0 2px 12px rgba(185,139,53,.08)}\n.patissland-product .pl-intro p{margin:0;font-size:16px;color:#2a2419}\n.patissland-product .pl-intro strong{color:#b98b35}\n.patissland-product h2.pl-h2{color:#b98b35;font-size:22px;font-weight:700;margin:32px 0 18px;padding-bottom:10px;border-bottom:2px solid #d7b36a;display:flex;align-items:center;gap:10px}\n.patissland-product .pl-grid{display:grid;grid-template-columns:repeat(3,1fr);gap:14px;margin:18px 0}\n.patissland-product .pl-card{background:#fdfaf5;border:1px solid #eadfcb;border-radius:10px;padding:16px;transition:.2s}\n.patissland-product .pl-card:hover{border-color:#d7b36a;box-shadow:0 2px 10px rgba(185,139,53,.12)}\n.patissland-product .pl-card strong{color:#b98b35;display:block;font-size:14px;text-transform:uppercase;letter-spacing:.5px;margin-bottom:6px}\n.patissland-product .pl-card span{font-size:15px;color:#2a2419}\n.patissland-product .patissland-accordion{background:#fdfaf5;border:1px solid #eadfcb;border-radius:10px;margin:10px 0;overflow:hidden;transition:.2s}\n.patissland-product .patissland-accordion[open]{border-color:#d7b36a;box-shadow:0 2px 12px rgba(185,139,53,.1)}\n.patissland-product .patissland-accordion summary{padding:16px 20px;cursor:pointer;font-weight:600;color:#2a2419;font-size:15px;list-style:none;display:flex;justify-content:space-between;align-items:center;transition:.2s}\n.patissland-product .patissland-accordion summary::-webkit-details-marker{display:none}\n.patissland-product .patissland-accordion summary:hover{background:#eadfcb}\n.patissland-product .patissland-accordion summary::after{content:\"+\";color:#b98b35;font-size:24px;font-weight:300;transition:.2s}\n.patissland-product .patissland-accordion[open] summary::after{content:\"−\"}\n.patissland-product .patissland-accordion summary strong{color:#2a2419}\n.patissland-product .patissland-accordion[open] summary{background:#eadfcb;color:#b98b35}\n.patissland-product .patissland-accordion .pl-acc-body{padding:18px 22px;background:#fff;border-top:1px solid #eadfcb}\n.patissland-product .patissland-accordion .pl-acc-body p{margin:0 0 12px}\n.patissland-product .patissland-accordion .pl-acc-body p:last-child{margin-bottom:0}\n.patissland-product .patissland-accordion .pl-acc-body ul{margin:8px 0;padding-left:22px}\n.patissland-product .patissland-accordion .pl-acc-body li{margin:6px 0}\n.patissland-product a.pl-link{color:#b98b35;text-decoration:none;font-weight:600;border-bottom:1px solid #d7b36a;transition:.2s}\n.patissland-product a.pl-link:hover{color:#9a7220;border-bottom-color:#9a7220}\n.patissland-product .pl-tip{background:linear-gradient(135deg,#fdfaf5 0%,#eadfcb 50%);padding:18px 22px;border-radius:10px;margin:18px 0;border-left:4px solid #b98b35}\n.patissland-product .pl-tip strong{color:#b98b35}\n.patissland-product .pl-table{width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;margin:14px 0;background:#fff;border-radius:10px;overflow:hidden;box-shadow:0 1px 6px rgba(0,0,0,.04)}\n.patissland-product .pl-table th{background:#b98b35;color:#fff;padding:12px 14px;text-align:left;font-weight:600;font-size:14px}\n.patissland-product .pl-table td{padding:11px 14px;border-bottom:1px solid #eadfcb;font-size:14px}\n.patissland-product .pl-table tr:last-child td{border-bottom:none}\n.patissland-product .pl-table tr:nth-child(even) td{background:#fdfaf5}\n@media(max-width:768px){.patissland-product .pl-grid{grid-template-columns:1fr}.patissland-product h2.pl-h2{font-size:19px}}\n@media(min-width:769px) and (max-width:1024px){.patissland-product .pl-grid{grid-template-columns:repeat(2,1fr)}}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"patissland-product\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl-intro\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eFunCakes White Cake Box with Separate Lid\u003c\/strong\u003e is the signature transport packaging for cake designers and professional pastry chefs who create \u003cstrong\u003edecorated layer cakes\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003ecakes with large toppers\u003c\/strong\u003e, and \u003cstrong\u003eentremets with generous piping\u003c\/strong\u003e. Its unique design with a \u003cstrong\u003eremovable lid completely separate from the base\u003c\/strong\u003e allows \u003cstrong\u003eside insertion of the cake\u003c\/strong\u003e, avoiding frequent handling accidents common with top-opening standard boxes. The \u003cstrong\u003e15.2 cm height\u003c\/strong\u003e far exceeds classic 10 cm boxes, freeing the space needed for vertical decorations (fondant flowers, buttercream piping, custom toppers). Available in \u003cstrong\u003e6 square sizes from 20.3 cm to 40 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e, made of \u003cstrong\u003ewhite high-density cardboard suitable for direct food contact\u003c\/strong\u003e. Delivered flat for minimal workshop storage, quick assembly by folding without adhesive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"pl-h2\"\u003eIn brief\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl-grid\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl-card\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFunCakes (Netherlands)\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl-card\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCake box with separate lid\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl-card\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e15.2 cm (height)\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl-card\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e6 square sizes from 20.3 to 40 cm\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl-card\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eNeutral white\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl-card\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFood-grade high-density cardboard\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"pl-h2\"\u003eDetailed information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"patissland-accordion\" open=\"\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy choose this FunCakes tall box with separate lid?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eFunCakes 15.2 cm high box with separate lid\u003c\/strong\u003e stands out with 6 advantages that make it a reference for cake designers and pastry chefs specializing in large decorated cakes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExclusive 15.2 cm height\u003c\/strong\u003e: generous dimension, well above standard 10 cm boxes. Ideal for accommodating \u003cstrong\u003e3 to 4-layer cakes\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003ecakes decorated with custom toppers\u003c\/strong\u003e, and \u003cstrong\u003eentremets with voluminous buttercream or whipped ganache piping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSignature removable lid system\u003c\/strong\u003e: the base and lid are \u003cstrong\u003etwo completely separate pieces\u003c\/strong\u003e. You place the cake on the base, then lower the walls and close from the top, ensuring vertical decorations remain intact during handling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure side insertion\u003c\/strong\u003e: unlike top-opening boxes where the cake must be lifted to enter, this design prevents common accidents (falling, decoration crushing, slipping) when placing finished creations in the box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRobust high-density cardboard\u003c\/strong\u003e: rigid structure that withstands the weight of dense cakes (soaked sponge + buttercream + fondant + toppers) without collapsing. Optimal protection against shocks during transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e6 square sizes from 20.3 to 40 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e: full coverage of all Cake Board formats and cake supports on the market. You will find exactly the size matching your creation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuick folding assembly\u003c\/strong\u003e: delivered flat for minimal workshop storage (space saving), assembly in seconds by folding edges without the need for adhesive or glue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo explore the full range of cake boxes and packaging, see the \u003ca class=\"pl-link\" href=\"\/en\/collections\/boites-a-gateaux\"\u003ePatissland Cake Boxes collection\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"patissland-accordion\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDetailed technical features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pl-table\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFunCakes (Netherlands)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCake box with independent lid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.2 cm (all sizes combined)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShape\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOpening system\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRemovable lid with side insertion\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNeutral white\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh-density cardboard suitable for food contact\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlat (folding assembly)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdhesive required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo (assembly without glue)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFunCakes design Netherlands\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"patissland-accordion\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGuide to the 6 available sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the size suitable for your \u003cstrong\u003ecake support (Cake Board)\u003c\/strong\u003e for perfect stability during transport. All sizes share the same height of 15.2 cm:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pl-table\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePreferred use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20,3 × 20,3 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.2 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndividual layer cakes, cakes for 4-6 people\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25,4 × 25,4 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.2 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBirthday layer cakes for 8-10 people\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e28,2 × 28,2 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.2 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDecorated cakes for 12-15 people\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30,4 × 30,4 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.2 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEvent cakes for 15-20 people\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35,0 × 35,0 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.2 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLow tier wedding cakes, creations for 25-30 people\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40,0 × 40,0 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.2 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXL tiered cakes, wedding cakes for 35-50 people\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl-tip\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePatissland tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e always use a \u003cstrong\u003eCake Board the same size as your box\u003c\/strong\u003e to prevent the cake from sliding during transport. A Cake Board that is too small leaves the cake free inside the box, increasing the risk of sliding, tipping, and decoration damage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"patissland-accordion\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifferentiation: independent lid vs other Patissland boxes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePatissland offers several ranges of cake boxes. Here is how to position this \u003cstrong\u003eFunCakes tall 15.2 cm with independent lid\u003c\/strong\u003e compared to other catalog references:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pl-table\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBox\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFormat\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOpening system\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePreferred use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFunCakes square H 15.2 (THIS PRODUCT)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e6 squares 20.3 to 40 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e15.2 cm tall\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIndependent lid\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDecorated layer cakes, large toppers, versatility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAzucren independent lid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTo be identified according to availability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVariable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndependent lid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium cake designers, Hispanic signature\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard SME box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVariable sizes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop opening\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUK cake design, moderate decorated cakes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFunCakes Bento 20.8 × 22.1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall rectangular\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLow standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBento to share 1-2 people\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFunCakes Bento 15 × 15\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMini square 15 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLow standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMini individual Korean cake\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFunCakes 40 × 30 × 20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRectangular XL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 cm very tall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVery large XL pieces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFunCakes square choice criteria H 15.2 cm independent lid:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended\u003c\/strong\u003e for \u003cstrong\u003edecorated layer cakes\u003c\/strong\u003e with 3 or 4 tiers featuring large piping or vertical decorations that cannot withstand crushing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended\u003c\/strong\u003e for \u003cstrong\u003ecakes with personalized toppers\u003c\/strong\u003e (figurines, letters, vertical sugar paste structures, sugar flowers mounted on stems) where side insertion preserves the decoration’s integrity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended\u003c\/strong\u003e for \u003cstrong\u003eevent orders\u003c\/strong\u003e requiring long-distance transport (weddings, outdoor birthdays) with cake stability and finish preservation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended\u003c\/strong\u003e for \u003cstrong\u003efreelance cake designers\u003c\/strong\u003e delivering at home who need a sturdy, professional box to showcase the quality of their work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor \u003cstrong\u003especialized Bento Cake boxes\u003c\/strong\u003e (individual mini cakes), choose the \u003ca class=\"pl-link\" href=\"\/en\/products\/10-boites-a-bento-cake-21x22cm\"\u003eBento FunCakes 20.8 × 22.1 cm\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca class=\"pl-link\" href=\"\/en\/products\/10-boites-bento-cake-15x15cm\"\u003eBento FunCakes 15 × 15 cm\u003c\/a\u003e. For \u003cstrong\u003eextra tall pieces\u003c\/strong\u003e requiring 20 cm height, see the \u003ca class=\"pl-link\" href=\"\/en\/products\/boite-funcakes-40x30x20\"\u003eFunCakes box 40 × 30 × 20 cm\u003c\/a\u003e. All these references complement each other in a workshop packaging range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"patissland-accordion\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy the independent lid changes everything for your decorations\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eindependent lid\u003c\/strong\u003e system is a technical innovation often underestimated by beginner pastry chefs, but it makes a major difference in \u003cstrong\u003epreserving fragile decorations\u003c\/strong\u003e. Here’s why professional cake designers prefer this system:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe problem with classic top-opening boxes:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe cake must be \u003cstrong\u003elifted vertically\u003c\/strong\u003e and lowered into the box from the top\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRisk of \u003cstrong\u003ecatching vertical decorations\u003c\/strong\u003e (flowers, toppers, piping) against the rigid walls during lowering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDelicate handling with \u003cstrong\u003e2 hands lifting the cake\u003c\/strong\u003e, impossible to use a spatula or transport support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRisk of \u003cstrong\u003eslipping or falling\u003c\/strong\u003e if the cake is not perfectly centered before placement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe advantage of the FunCakes independent lid:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe cake is \u003cstrong\u003efirst placed on the flat base\u003c\/strong\u003e (direct step without acrobatic handling)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003ewalls are then slid around the cake\u003c\/strong\u003e without direct contact with the decorations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe lid is placed \u003cstrong\u003elast from the top\u003c\/strong\u003e without rubbing against the side decorations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e360° protection\u003c\/strong\u003e of the cake throughout the boxing process\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandling \u003cstrong\u003epossible with one hand only\u003c\/strong\u003e or with a spatula, freeing the other hand to stabilize\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl-tip\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConcrete case:\u003c\/strong\u003e for a 4-tier layer cake with a cascade of sugar paste flowers on the sides and a \"Happy Birthday\" topper on top, a standard top-opening box would \u003cstrong\u003ecrush the side decorations\u003c\/strong\u003e by sliding the walls or risk \u003cstrong\u003etearing the topper\u003c\/strong\u003e by friction. With the separate lid, you place the cake on the base, gently lower the 4 walls without touching the flowers, then close from the top without contact with the topper. No decoration compromised.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"patissland-accordion\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePreferred professional applications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eFunCakes box 15.2 cm high with separate lid\u003c\/strong\u003e covers 7 major categories of professional uses:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEvent cake design:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBirthday layer cakes\u003c\/strong\u003e: 3 to 4 tier cakes with buttercream piping, sugar paste decoration, sugar flowers, and personalized toppers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow-tier wedding cakes\u003c\/strong\u003e: secure transport of individual tiers to be assembled on site on the big day (sizes 35 and 40 cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCakes for baby showers and baptisms\u003c\/strong\u003e: themed creations with vertical decorations (sugar paste booties, modeled plush toys, names in raised letters)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorporate and gala cakes\u003c\/strong\u003e: signature pieces with logo toppers, personalized branding, visual preservation for official photos\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBoutique pastry:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDecorated entremets in display\u003c\/strong\u003e: shop-to-customer home transport with preservation of mirror glaze finishes, tempered chocolate decorations, and floral arrangements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCustom decorated cakes\u003c\/strong\u003e: series production of personalized cakes delivered in individual signature boxes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFreelance cake designers:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHome delivery by car\u003c\/strong\u003e: cake stability during the journey, alternative to basic boxes that do not offer sufficient protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo complete your transport, pair with \u003cstrong\u003eCake Boards\u003c\/strong\u003e of the same size as the box. For \u003cstrong\u003evertical sugar paste decorations\u003c\/strong\u003e, see the \u003ca class=\"pl-link\" href=\"\/en\/collections\/pate-a-sucre\"\u003eSugar Paste collection\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"patissland-accordion\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePatissland usage tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003col style=\"padding-left:22px;margin:8px 0\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin:8px 0\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChoice of support (Cake Board)\u003c\/strong\u003e: always use a Cake Board of the \u003cstrong\u003esame size as your box\u003c\/strong\u003e to prevent the cake from sliding during transport. A Cake Board that is too small will create play in the box that will damage the decorations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin:8px 0\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHygiene and food contact\u003c\/strong\u003e: the cardboard is \u003cstrong\u003ecertified for direct food contact\u003c\/strong\u003e, ensuring healthy preservation of pastries during transport. No interposing parchment paper is strictly necessary\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin:8px 0\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStorage of blank boxes\u003c\/strong\u003e: keep your boxes \u003cstrong\u003eflat in a dry place\u003c\/strong\u003e to preserve the stiffness of the cardboard fibers. Ambient humidity softens the cardboard and compromises its protective structure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin:8px 0\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly at order time\u003c\/strong\u003e: assemble the box \u003cstrong\u003ejust before placing the cake inside\u003c\/strong\u003e, do not store pre-assembled boxes that would take up unnecessary space in the workshop\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin:8px 0\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCake centering\u003c\/strong\u003e: position the Cake Board (with cake on top) exactly in the center of the box base before lowering the walls. This step prevents lateral contact between the cake and the walls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin:8px 0\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransport conditions\u003c\/strong\u003e: transport flat on a flat seat or in a stabilized trunk. Avoid prolonged slopes and sudden braking. For long trips in summer, air-condition the vehicle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin:8px 0\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExterior customization\u003c\/strong\u003e: the neutral white cardboard is perfect for customization with stickers, workshop stamps, handwritten labels with recipient’s name or your brand logo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"patissland-accordion\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions for professionals\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat box size should I choose for my cake?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose a box \u003cstrong\u003ethe same size as your Cake Board\u003c\/strong\u003e. For an 18 cm Ø cake on a 25 cm Cake Board, take the 25.4 × 25.4 cm box. For a 25 cm Ø layer cake on a 30 cm Cake Board, take the 30.4 × 30.4 cm box. The rule is clear: Cake Board + box with the same external dimensions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy choose a height of 15.2 cm instead of the standard 10 cm?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe standard 10 cm boxes are suitable for \u003cstrong\u003eclassic cakes without vertical decoration\u003c\/strong\u003e (iced sponge cake, flat cake). The 15.2 cm boxes are essential for \u003cstrong\u003e3 to 4 tier layer cakes\u003c\/strong\u003e, cakes with custom toppers, large buttercream or ganache piping, and any creation where the cake height exceeds 8-9 cm including decorations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between this FunCakes box and the Azucren version?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth brands offer a comparable independent lid system, but \u003cstrong\u003eFunCakes (Netherlands)\u003c\/strong\u003e provides a \u003cstrong\u003eEuropean accessible\u003c\/strong\u003e positioning with wide distribution and excellent value for money. \u003cstrong\u003eAzucren (Spain)\u003c\/strong\u003e is positioned in the \u003cstrong\u003epremium Hispanic cake design\u003c\/strong\u003e segment with sometimes specific finishes or dimensions. The choice depends on your clientele and your workshop’s visual style.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the cardboard in direct contact with the cake?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, FunCakes cardboard is \u003cstrong\u003ecertified safe for direct food contact\u003c\/strong\u003e. However, in professional practice, the cake is usually placed on a \u003cstrong\u003eCake Board\u003c\/strong\u003e which sits between the cake and the bottom of the box, adding extra protection and making the final presentation easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to assemble the box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe boxes are delivered flat. Assembly in a few seconds: 1) unfold the bottom base, fold the side flaps to form the base, 2) do the same with the 4 side walls and the top flaps to form the base+walls, 3) assemble the lid separately using the same principle. No tools or glue needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the box protect the cake during long transport?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the high-density cardboard offers effective protection against side shocks and vertical pressure. For \u003cstrong\u003elong-distance transport or hot summer conditions\u003c\/strong\u003e, add a \u003cstrong\u003ethermal bag\u003c\/strong\u003e over the box and prefer transport early in the morning or late in the day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long can the cake stay in the box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe box is designed for \u003cstrong\u003eimmediate transport and presentation\u003c\/strong\u003e, not for long-term storage. The cake should be consumed within 24 to 48 hours after boxing, kept refrigerated in the meantime. Remove the cake 30 minutes before tasting to reveal the aromas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the box be customized with a logo or message?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the neutral white cardboard is \u003cstrong\u003eperfectly suited for customization\u003c\/strong\u003e: printed stickers, workshop stamps, handwritten labels, ribbons, Polaroid photos can be applied on the lid or sides. Ideal size for event orders with personalized branding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy does the cake sometimes slip during transport?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree main causes: 1) the Cake Board is too small compared to the box (creating play), 2) the cake is not exactly centered on the Cake Board, 3) the transport is too unstable (rough road, sudden braking). To fully stabilize, some pastry chefs add a \u003cstrong\u003efood-grade non-slip support\u003c\/strong\u003e between the cake and the Cake Board.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"pl-h2\"\u003eComplete your cake design packaging arsenal\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl-tip\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo develop a complete packaging offer at Patissland, complement these 15.2 cm high boxes with other sizes from the \u003ca class=\"pl-link\" href=\"\/en\/collections\/boites-a-gateaux\"\u003ePatissland Cake Boxes collection\u003c\/a\u003e. For \u003cstrong\u003eindividual mini Bento cakes\u003c\/strong\u003e, choose the \u003ca class=\"pl-link\" href=\"\/en\/products\/10-boites-bento-cake-15x15cm\"\u003eBento 15 × 15 cm\u003c\/a\u003e (authentic Korean size) or \u003ca class=\"pl-link\" href=\"\/en\/products\/10-boites-a-bento-cake-21x22cm\"\u003eBento 20.8 × 22.1 cm\u003c\/a\u003e (sharing size). For \u003cstrong\u003eextra tall pieces\u003c\/strong\u003e at 20 cm, see the \u003ca class=\"pl-link\" href=\"\/en\/products\/boite-funcakes-40x30x20\"\u003eFunCakes box 40 × 30 × 20 cm\u003c\/a\u003e. For matching \u003cstrong\u003eCake Boards\u003c\/strong\u003e (essential for these boxes), find the dedicated collection. For \u003cstrong\u003einterior decorations\u003c\/strong\u003e and toppers, explore the \u003ca class=\"pl-link\" href=\"\/en\/collections\/decorations-comestibles\"\u003eEdible Decorations collection\u003c\/a\u003e and the \u003ca class=\"pl-link\" href=\"\/en\/collections\/pate-a-sucre\"\u003eFondant collection\u003c\/a\u003e. For \u003cstrong\u003efood colorings\u003c\/strong\u003e to customize your creams and fondants, see the \u003ca class=\"pl-link\" href=\"\/en\/collections\/colorants-alimentaires\"\u003eFood Colorings collection\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl-tip\" style=\"margin-top:24px;text-align:center;background:linear-gradient(135deg,#eadfcb 0%,#d7b36a 100%);border-left:none;border:1px solid #b98b35\"\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:15px;color:#2a2419\"\u003e\u003cem\u003ePatissland, partner of demanding pastry chefs.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"FUN CAKES","offers":[{"title":"20x20cm","offer_id":39551603245098,"sku":"F80175","price":1.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"25x25cm","offer_id":39551603277866,"sku":"F80180","price":2.29,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"28x28cm","offer_id":39732323450922,"sku":"F80185","price":2.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"30x30cm","offer_id":39551603310634,"sku":"F80190","price":2.59,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"35x35cm","offer_id":39955497058346,"sku":"F80195","price":2.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40x40cm","offer_id":46536236892499,"sku":"F80200","price":4.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/boite-a-gateaux-choisir-la-taille-fun-cakes-1.png?v=1772134102"},{"product_id":"boite-a-gateau-hauteur-25cm","title":"Cake Box 25.5x25.5x25cm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBox for Tall Cake Creations\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDescription\u003c\/strong\u003e:\u003cbr\u003eSpecifically designed for tall and decorated cakes, this cake box is an essential accessory for any baker wanting to transport their creations safely. Its refined design and functionality make it an ideal choice for presenting and moving your cakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMain Features\u003c\/strong\u003e:\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eSturdy structure\u003c\/strong\u003e: Made with quality materials, this box provides optimal protection for your cake during transport.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eAesthetic\u003c\/strong\u003e: Its square shape and neutral color highlight your cakes without overshadowing them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-in handles\u003c\/strong\u003e: Thanks to its integrated handles, it offers an easy grip, making transport easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eReusable\u003c\/strong\u003e: Under normal use conditions, this cake box with lid is designed to be reused, offering good value for money.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e: Approximately 25.5 x 25.5 x 25 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight\u003c\/strong\u003e: 25 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRecommendations\u003c\/strong\u003e:\u003cbr\u003eAfter each use, gently clean the box to remove any cake or icing residue. Store it in a dry place to ensure its longevity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you are a professional pastry chef or a passionate amateur, this cake box is the perfect tool to transport your culinary masterpieces. It combines practicality, aesthetics, and durability, ensuring your cake arrives at its destination in the best possible condition. So, don’t miss the chance to make your transport easier with this high-end cake box!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"FUN CAKES","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":23932917842020,"sku":"F80160","price":4.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/boite-a-gateau-255x255x25cm-fun-cakes-1.jpg?v=1772134113"},{"product_id":"boites-x3-de-mini-cupcakes","title":"3 Boxes of Cupcakes","description":"\u003ch2 data-section-id=\"1cmj7c0\" data-start=\"0\" data-end=\"68\"\u003eSet of 3 cupcake boxes with inserts – 12 cupcakes per box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 data-section-id=\"hxsibk\" data-start=\"70\" data-end=\"87\"\u003eDescription\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"88\" data-end=\"347\"\u003eTransport and display your cupcakes with elegance thanks to this box set specially designed for pastry. Ideal for protecting your creations while ensuring a neat presentation, this set is suitable for both professionals and individuals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"349\" data-end=\"499\"\u003eEach box is equipped with an insert to keep the cupcakes in place and prevent any movement or damage during transport.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr data-start=\"501\" data-end=\"504\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 data-section-id=\"1gek3xq\" data-start=\"506\" data-end=\"528\"\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul data-start=\"530\" data-end=\"787\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"h5412b\" data-start=\"530\" data-end=\"587\"\u003eCapacity: 12 standard cupcakes or muffins per box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"y581f4\" data-start=\"588\" data-end=\"629\"\u003eDimensions: approximately 33 x 24 x 7.5 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"g8gs3j\" data-start=\"630\" data-end=\"674\"\u003eContents:\n\u003cul data-start=\"646\" data-end=\"674\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"debb5m\" data-start=\"646\" data-end=\"658\"\u003e3 boxes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"1pi7wov\" data-start=\"661\" data-end=\"674\"\u003e3 inserts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"zkqro\" data-start=\"675\" data-end=\"723\"\u003eMaterial: food-grade cardboard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"1lpnvew\" data-start=\"724\" data-end=\"759\"\u003eUse: cupcakes, muffins\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"15dm1yq\" data-start=\"760\" data-end=\"787\"\u003eSimple and elegant design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr data-start=\"789\" data-end=\"792\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 data-section-id=\"zmalju\" data-start=\"794\" data-end=\"809\"\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul data-start=\"811\" data-end=\"1023\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"1mpa4qo\" data-start=\"811\" data-end=\"856\"\u003eOptimal stability thanks to included inserts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"10oriul\" data-start=\"857\" data-end=\"901\"\u003eEffective protection during transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"1vyfny9\" data-start=\"902\" data-end=\"944\"\u003eClean and professional presentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"s6fduj\" data-start=\"945\" data-end=\"978\"\u003eEasy to assemble and use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"18c1xcz\" data-start=\"979\" data-end=\"1023\"\u003eIdeal for events, sales, or gifts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr data-start=\"1025\" data-end=\"1028\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 data-section-id=\"117hh95\" data-start=\"1030\" data-end=\"1059\"\u003eRecommended Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1061\" data-end=\"1233\"\u003ePerfectly suited for pastry chefs, cake designers, caterers, or individuals who want to transport and display their cupcakes in a practical and attractive packaging.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"FUN CAKES","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":23933051011172,"sku":"F80325","price":7.91,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/3-boites-a-cupcakes-fun-cakes-1.png?v=1777667458"},{"product_id":"extension-de-boite","title":"Box Extension - PME Cake","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: 'Montserrat', Arial, sans-serif; color: #444444; background-color: #faf7f0; padding: 20px; border-radius: 8px;\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center; padding: 28px 20px 24px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-bottom: 2px solid #b98b35; background-color: transparent;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #b98b35; font-size: 13px; font-weight: 500; letter-spacing: 4px; text-transform: uppercase; margin: 0 0 12px 0;\"\u003ePME Cake\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 22px; font-weight: 600; margin: 0 0 6px 0; line-height: 1.3;\"\u003eBox Extension - PME Cake\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a7a55; font-size: 13px; font-style: italic; margin: 0; letter-spacing: 1px;\"\u003ePME Cake (United Kingdom): cake box for professional decorative pastry\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"margin-bottom: 25px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThe Box Extension - PME Cake is a cake design accessory made by PME Cake, a British reference brand for decorative pastry tools and food cutters. Designed for cake boxes, it is intended for professional pastry chefs, cake designers, and advanced amateurs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaterial: food-grade cardboard. Compatible with: sugar paste, gum paste, marzipan. A reference tool for professional cake design, to include in your pastry decorator’s toolkit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eTechnical features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b2b2b;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e PME Cake (Premier Manufacturing, United Kingdom)\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e cake box\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e food-grade cardboard\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e professional or advanced amateur in cake design\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eRecommended applications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCake transport:\u003c\/strong\u003e protection and presentation for cake designers and pastry shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eWedding cake delivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e packaging adapted for secure transport of large cakes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eEvent cupcakes:\u003c\/strong\u003e compartmentalized boxes for transport and presentation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eDecorated gift cookies:\u003c\/strong\u003e neat packaging for royal icing cookie sales.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003ePastry shop:\u003c\/strong\u003e professional packaging for takeout sales.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePatissland tip for box extension\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0;\"\u003eTo preserve the freshness of your cakes, store them in the box at room temperature (15-20°C), avoiding the refrigerator which dries out sugar paste. PME Cake is suitable for transport and delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0; padding-left: 18px; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eBrand: PME Cake\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eOrigin: United Kingdom\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eCategory: Cake box\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eMaterial: food-grade cardboard\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #faf4e5; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; border-radius: 8px; padding: 18px 22px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #8a6624; font-size: 16px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10px; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eTo go further\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #444444; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-size: 14px;\"\u003eComplete your PME cake design equipment:\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eComplete your stock with \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/extension-de-boite-set-3\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eother PME box sizes\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eAnd for assembly, add \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/cake-drum-rond-blanc-choisir-la-taille\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003ea cake drum support\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eAnd find the entire \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/pme\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003ePME Cake brand\u003c\/a\u003e on Patissland.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PME Cake","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31119271755818,"sku":"CBE997","price":4.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/extension-de-boite-pme-1.png?v=1772134290"},{"product_id":"boite-a-gateau-crystal-30cm","title":"Cake Box - Crystal 30cm - PME Cake","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: 'Montserrat', Arial, sans-serif; color: #444444; background-color: #faf7f0; padding: 20px; border-radius: 8px;\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center; padding: 28px 20px 24px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-bottom: 2px solid #b98b35; background-color: transparent;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #b98b35; font-size: 13px; font-weight: 500; letter-spacing: 4px; text-transform: uppercase; margin: 0 0 12px 0;\"\u003ePME Cake\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 22px; font-weight: 600; margin: 0 0 6px 0; line-height: 1.3;\"\u003eCake Box - Crystal 30cm - PME Cake\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a7a55; font-size: 13px; font-style: italic; margin: 0; letter-spacing: 1px;\"\u003ePME Cake (United Kingdom): cake box for professional decorative pastry\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"margin-bottom: 25px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThe Cake Box - Crystal 30cm - PME Cake is a cake design accessory made by PME Cake, a leading British brand for decorative baking tools and food cutters. Designed for cake boxes, it is intended for professional bakers, cake designers, and advanced enthusiasts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaterial: food-grade cardboard. Compatible with: sugar paste, gum paste, marzipan. A reference tool for professional cake design, to include in your pastry decorator’s toolkit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eTechnical features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b2b2b;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e PME Cake (Premier Manufacturing, United Kingdom)\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e cake box\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e food-grade cardboard\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e professional or advanced amateur in cake design\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eRecommended applications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCake transport:\u003c\/strong\u003e protection and presentation for cake designers and pastry shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eWedding cake delivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e packaging adapted for secure transport of large cakes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eEvent cupcakes:\u003c\/strong\u003e compartmentalized boxes for transport and presentation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eDecorated gift cookies:\u003c\/strong\u003e neat packaging for royal icing cookie sales.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003ePastry shop:\u003c\/strong\u003e professional packaging for takeout sales.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePatissland tip for cake box - crystal 30cm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0;\"\u003eTo preserve the freshness of your cakes, store them in the box at room temperature (15-20°C), avoiding the refrigerator which dries out sugar paste. PME Cake is suitable for transport and delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0; padding-left: 18px; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eBrand: PME Cake\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eOrigin: United Kingdom\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eCategory: Cake box\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eMaterial: food-grade cardboard\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #faf4e5; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; border-radius: 8px; padding: 18px 22px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #8a6624; font-size: 16px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10px; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eTo go further\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #444444; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-size: 14px;\"\u003eComplete your PME cake design equipment:\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eRestock with \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/extension-de-boite\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eother PME box sizes\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eAnd for assembly, add \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/cake-drum-rond-blanc-choisir-la-taille\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003ea cake drum support\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eAnd find the entire \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/pme\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003ePME Cake brand\u003c\/a\u003e on Patissland.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PME Cake","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31838144626730,"sku":"CCB12","price":14.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/boite-a-gateau-crystal-30cm-pme-1.png?v=1772135087"},{"product_id":"boite-a-gateau-crystal-35cm","title":"Cake Box - Crystal 35cm - PME Cake","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: 'Montserrat', Arial, sans-serif; color: #444444; background-color: #faf7f0; padding: 20px; border-radius: 8px;\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center; padding: 28px 20px 24px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-bottom: 2px solid #b98b35; background-color: transparent;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #b98b35; font-size: 13px; font-weight: 500; letter-spacing: 4px; text-transform: uppercase; margin: 0 0 12px 0;\"\u003ePME Cake\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 22px; font-weight: 600; margin: 0 0 6px 0; line-height: 1.3;\"\u003eCake Box - Crystal 35cm - PME Cake\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a7a55; font-size: 13px; font-style: italic; margin: 0; letter-spacing: 1px;\"\u003ePME Cake (United Kingdom): cake box for professional decorative pastry\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"margin-bottom: 25px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThe Cake Box - Crystal 35cm - PME Cake is a cake design accessory made by PME Cake, a leading British brand for decorative baking tools and food cutters. Designed for cake boxes, it is intended for professional bakers, cake designers, and advanced hobbyists.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaterial: food-grade cardboard. Compatible with: sugar paste, gum paste, marzipan. A reference tool for professional cake design, to include in your pastry decorator’s toolkit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eTechnical features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b2b2b;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e PME Cake (Premier Manufacturing, United Kingdom)\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e cake box\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e food-grade cardboard\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e professional or advanced amateur in cake design\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eRecommended applications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCake transport:\u003c\/strong\u003e protection and presentation for cake designers and pastry shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eWedding cake delivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e packaging adapted for secure transport of large cakes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eEvent cupcakes:\u003c\/strong\u003e compartmentalized boxes for transport and presentation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eDecorated gift cookies:\u003c\/strong\u003e neat packaging for royal icing cookie sales.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003ePastry shop:\u003c\/strong\u003e professional packaging for takeout sales.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePatissland Tip for Cake Box - Crystal 35cm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0;\"\u003eTo preserve the freshness of your cakes, store them in the box at room temperature (15-20°C), avoiding the refrigerator which dries out sugar paste. PME Cake is suitable for transport and delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0; padding-left: 18px; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eBrand: PME Cake\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eOrigin: United Kingdom\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eCategory: Cake box\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eMaterial: food-grade cardboard\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #faf4e5; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; border-radius: 8px; padding: 18px 22px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #8a6624; font-size: 16px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10px; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eTo go further\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #444444; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-size: 14px;\"\u003eComplete your PME cake design equipment:\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eRestock with \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/extension-de-boite\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eother PME box sizes\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eAnd for assembly, add \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/cake-drum-rond-blanc-choisir-la-taille\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003ea cake drum support\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eAnd find the entire \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/pme\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003ePME Cake brand\u003c\/a\u003e on Patissland.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PME Cake","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31838149738538,"sku":"CCB14","price":17.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/boite-a-gateau-crystal-35cm-pme-1.png?v=1772135091"},{"product_id":"boite-a-gateau-crystal-25cm","title":"Cake Box - Crystal 25cm - PME Cake","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: 'Montserrat', Arial, sans-serif; color: #444444; background-color: #faf7f0; padding: 20px; border-radius: 8px;\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center; padding: 28px 20px 24px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-bottom: 2px solid #b98b35; background-color: transparent;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #b98b35; font-size: 13px; font-weight: 500; letter-spacing: 4px; text-transform: uppercase; margin: 0 0 12px 0;\"\u003ePME Cake\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 22px; font-weight: 600; margin: 0 0 6px 0; line-height: 1.3;\"\u003eCake Box - Crystal 25cm - PME Cake\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a7a55; font-size: 13px; font-style: italic; margin: 0; letter-spacing: 1px;\"\u003ePME Cake (United Kingdom): cake box for professional decorative pastry\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"margin-bottom: 25px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThe Cake Box - Crystal 25cm - PME Cake is a cake design accessory made by PME Cake, a leading British brand for decorative baking tools and food-grade cutters. Designed for cake boxes, it is intended for professional bakers, cake designers, and advanced hobbyists.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaterial: food-grade cardboard. Compatible with: sugar paste, gum paste, marzipan. A reference tool for professional cake design, to include in your pastry decorator’s toolkit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eTechnical features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b2b2b;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e PME Cake (Premier Manufacturing, United Kingdom)\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e cake box\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e food-grade cardboard\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e professional or advanced amateur in cake design\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eRecommended applications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCake transport:\u003c\/strong\u003e protection and presentation for cake designers and pastry shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eWedding cake delivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e packaging adapted for secure transport of large cakes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eEvent cupcakes:\u003c\/strong\u003e compartmentalized boxes for transport and presentation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eDecorated gift cookies:\u003c\/strong\u003e neat packaging for royal icing cookie sales.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003ePastry shop:\u003c\/strong\u003e professional packaging for takeout sales.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePatissland Tip for Cake Box - Crystal 25cm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0;\"\u003eTo preserve the freshness of your cakes, store them in the box at room temperature (15-20°C), avoiding the refrigerator which dries out sugar paste. PME Cake is suitable for transport and delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0; padding-left: 18px; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eBrand: PME Cake\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eOrigin: United Kingdom\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eCategory: Cake box\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eMaterial: food-grade cardboard\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #faf4e5; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; border-radius: 8px; padding: 18px 22px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #8a6624; font-size: 16px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10px; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eTo go further\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #444444; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-size: 14px;\"\u003eComplete your PME cake design equipment:\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eRestock with \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/extension-de-boite\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eother PME box sizes\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eAnd for assembly, add \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/cake-drum-rond-blanc-choisir-la-taille\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003ea cake drum support\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eAnd find the entire \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/pme\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003ePME Cake brand\u003c\/a\u003e on Patissland.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PME Cake","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31838157209642,"sku":"CCB10","price":11.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/boite-a-gateau-crystal-25cm-pme-1.png?v=1772135096"},{"product_id":"25-boites-a-cupcakes","title":"25 Boxes and Inserts - 12 Cupcakes per Box","description":"\u003ch2 data-section-id=\"1lz5987\" data-start=\"0\" data-end=\"79\"\u003eCupcake boxes with inserts – 12 cupcakes or 24 mini cupcakes (pack of 25)\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 data-section-id=\"hxsibk\" data-start=\"81\" data-end=\"98\"\u003eDescription\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"99\" data-end=\"382\"\u003eTransport and protect your cupcakes safely with these boxes specially designed for pastries. Ideal for professionals and individuals alike, they perfectly hold your creations in place while offering a neat presentation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"384\" data-end=\"509\"\u003eThanks to the included inserts, your cupcakes or muffins are stabilized during transport, preventing any movement or damage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr data-start=\"511\" data-end=\"514\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 data-section-id=\"1gek3xq\" data-start=\"516\" data-end=\"538\"\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul data-start=\"540\" data-end=\"854\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"rmiq4s\" data-start=\"540\" data-end=\"631\"\u003eCapacity:\n\u003cul data-start=\"557\" data-end=\"631\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"aibrdm\" data-start=\"557\" data-end=\"582\"\u003e12 standard cupcakes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"177lzk0\" data-start=\"585\" data-end=\"631\"\u003eor 24 mini cupcakes depending on the insert used\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"y581f4\" data-start=\"632\" data-end=\"673\"\u003eDimensions: approximately 33 x 24 x 7.5 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"we0lr3\" data-start=\"674\" data-end=\"720\"\u003eContents:\n\u003cul data-start=\"690\" data-end=\"720\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"i7ib7y\" data-start=\"690\" data-end=\"703\"\u003e25 boxes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"1s7uyob\" data-start=\"706\" data-end=\"720\"\u003e25 inserts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"zkqro\" data-start=\"721\" data-end=\"769\"\u003eMaterial: food-grade cardboard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"1s9ksgu\" data-start=\"770\" data-end=\"820\"\u003eUse: cupcakes, muffins, mini cupcakes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"g4r6eb\" data-start=\"821\" data-end=\"854\"\u003eSimple and professional design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr data-start=\"856\" data-end=\"859\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 data-section-id=\"zmalju\" data-start=\"861\" data-end=\"876\"\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul data-start=\"878\" data-end=\"1124\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"19h06k4\" data-start=\"878\" data-end=\"924\"\u003eOptimal support thanks to the fitted inserts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"1n28104\" data-start=\"925\" data-end=\"985\"\u003eSecure transport without crushing or shifting the cupcakes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"uos34j\" data-start=\"986\" data-end=\"1040\"\u003eDual use: standard cupcakes or mini cupcakes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"8501p\" data-start=\"1041\" data-end=\"1095\"\u003eIdeal for sales, events, or gifts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"1l9sb53\" data-start=\"1096\" data-end=\"1124\"\u003eSimple and quick assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr data-start=\"1126\" data-end=\"1129\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 data-section-id=\"117hh95\" data-start=\"1131\" data-end=\"1160\"\u003eRecommended Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1162\" data-end=\"1319\"\u003ePerfect for pastry chefs, cake designers, caterers, or individuals wanting to transport and present cupcakes in a practical and reliable package.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"FUN CAKES","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39305004777514,"sku":"F80350","price":44.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/25-boites-et-inserts-12-cupcakes-par-boite-fun-cakes-1.png?v=1772137002"},{"product_id":"boite-a-cupcakes-choisir-taille","title":"Cupcake Box - PME Cake","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: 'Montserrat', Arial, sans-serif; color: #444444; background-color: #faf7f0; padding: 20px; border-radius: 8px;\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center; padding: 28px 20px 24px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-bottom: 2px solid #b98b35; background-color: transparent;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #b98b35; font-size: 13px; font-weight: 500; letter-spacing: 4px; text-transform: uppercase; margin: 0 0 12px 0;\"\u003ePME Cake\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 22px; font-weight: 600; margin: 0 0 6px 0; line-height: 1.3;\"\u003eCupcake Box -  - PME Cake\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a7a55; font-size: 13px; font-style: italic; margin: 0; letter-spacing: 1px;\"\u003ePME Cake (United Kingdom): cake box for professional decorative pastry\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"margin-bottom: 25px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThe Cupcake Box -  - PME Cake is a cake design accessory made by PME Cake, a leading British brand for decorative baking tools and food cutters. Designed for cake boxes, it is intended for professional bakers, cake designers, and advanced hobbyists.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e Material: food-grade cardboard. Compatible with: fondant, gum paste, marzipan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #faf4e5; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; border-radius: 8px; padding: 18px 22px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #8a6624; font-size: 16px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6px; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eAvailable sizes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #444444; margin: 0 0 14px 0; font-size: 13px; line-height: 1.5;\"\u003e4 options to choose from, select yours using the selector above:\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cdiv style=\"display: grid; grid-template-columns: repeat(2, 1fr); gap: 8px;\"\u003e\n        \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 6px; padding: 9px 12px; text-align: center; font-size: 13px; color: #2b2b2b; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e12 cupcakes (H9cm)\u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 6px; padding: 9px 12px; text-align: center; font-size: 13px; color: #2b2b2b; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e12 cupcakes (H14cm)\u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 6px; padding: 9px 12px; text-align: center; font-size: 13px; color: #2b2b2b; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e24 cupcakes (H9cm)\u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 6px; padding: 9px 12px; text-align: center; font-size: 13px; color: #2b2b2b; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e24 cupcakes (H14cm)\u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eTechnical features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b2b2b;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e PME Cake (Premier Manufacturing, United Kingdom)\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e cake box\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e food-grade cardboard\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eAvailable sizes:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 cupcakes (H9cm), 12 cupcakes (H14cm), 24 cupcakes (H9cm), 24 cupcakes (H14cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e professional or advanced amateur in cake design\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eRecommended applications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCake transport:\u003c\/strong\u003e protection and presentation for cake designers and pastry shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eWedding cake delivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e packaging adapted for secure transport of large cakes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eEvent cupcakes:\u003c\/strong\u003e compartmentalized boxes for transport and presentation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eDecorated gift cookies:\u003c\/strong\u003e neat packaging for royal icing cookie sales.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003ePastry shop:\u003c\/strong\u003e professional packaging for takeout sales.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePatissland Tip for Cupcake Box - \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0;\"\u003eTo preserve the freshness of your cakes, store them in the box at room temperature (15-20°C), avoiding the refrigerator which dries out sugar paste. PME Cake is suitable for transport and delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0; padding-left: 18px; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eBrand: PME Cake\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eOrigin: United Kingdom\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eCategory: Cake box\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eMaterial: food-grade cardboard\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #faf4e5; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; border-radius: 8px; padding: 18px 22px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #8a6624; font-size: 16px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10px; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eTo go further\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #444444; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-size: 14px;\"\u003eComplete your PME cake design equipment:\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eRestock with \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/extension-de-boite\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eother PME box sizes\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eAnd for assembly, add \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/cake-drum-rond-blanc-choisir-la-taille\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003ea cake drum support\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eAnd find the entire \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/pme\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003ePME Cake brand\u003c\/a\u003e on Patissland.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PME Cake","offers":[{"title":"12 cupcakes (H9cm)","offer_id":39679977586730,"sku":"CBO905","price":4.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"12 cupcakes (H14cm)","offer_id":39679977619498,"sku":"CBO906","price":5.39,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"24 cupcakes (H9cm)","offer_id":39679977652266,"sku":"CBO907","price":6.29,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"24 cupcakes (H14cm)","offer_id":39679977685034,"sku":"CBO908","price":7.19,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/boite-a-cupcakes-choisir-la-taille-pme-1.png?v=1772138224"},{"product_id":"boite-de-presentation-transport","title":"Presentation \u0026 Transport Box","description":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePresentation and Transport Box:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eDescription:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCarry and showcase your cupcakes in style with this plastic storage box from the \u003cstrong\u003ePatisse\u003c\/strong\u003e brand. Designed for both baking enthusiasts and professionals, this box can hold up to 24 cupcakes, ensuring their safety and flawless presentation during your travels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Holds up to 24 cupcakes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e Features a removable base for easy access, a lid to protect your creations, and specific inserts to keep each cupcake securely in place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e 39 cm in diameter, suitable for standard-sized cupcakes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Durable plastic, designed for repeated use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eBenefits:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Perfect for storing, transporting, and displaying cupcakes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConvenience:\u003c\/strong\u003e The removable base makes placing and removing cupcakes easy without damaging them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtection:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sturdy lid and inserts ensure your cupcakes stay intact and presentable during transport.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReusable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built to be durable and reusable, this box is an eco-friendly investment for your pastry transport needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eUses:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIdeal for events, picnics, gifts, or pastry orders, this box allows you to:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafely transport your cupcakes to parties, barbecues, or meetings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePresent your creations in a professional and attractive way.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGift your cupcakes in packaging that makes an impression.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eAdd it to your cart!\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnsure the safety and elegance of your culinary creations during transport. Click to add this Presentation and Transport Box to your cart and explore our site for more essential baking accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"PATISSE","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39443212501034,"sku":"P10295","price":22.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/boite-de-presentation-and-transport-patisse-1.jpg?v=1772138335"},{"product_id":"1-boite-a-gateau-52x52x70cm","title":"Cake Box 52x52x70cm - NO SHIPPING: SOLD ONLY via Click and Collect","description":"\u003ch2\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eBig Box - Oversized Cake Transport:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eDescription:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBig Box\u003c\/strong\u003e from the brand \u003cstrong\u003eFunCakes\u003c\/strong\u003e is a sturdy, large-sized solution specifically designed for the secure transport of large cakes. Thanks to its velcro closures, this box folds and unfolds easily, offering exceptional convenience and reusability for your cake transport needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 52 x 52 x 70 cm, ideal for large cakes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComponents:\u003c\/strong\u003e Includes a detachable base and a detachable lid, making it easy to place the cake inside the box.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClosures:\u003c\/strong\u003e Equipped with velcro closures for easy assembly and disassembly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContents:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 cake box.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eBenefits:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEase of use:\u003c\/strong\u003e The detachable design allows effortless placement and removal of the cake.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure transport:\u003c\/strong\u003e Provides optimal protection for large cakes during transport.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReusable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed to be durable and reusable under normal use conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eUses:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis box is perfect for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProfessional and amateur bakers transporting large creations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpecial events where an oversized cake is the centerpiece.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSituations requiring secure and convenient storage of cakes before presentation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"FUN CAKES","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39443798261802,"sku":"F80170","price":19.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/boite-a-gateau-52x52x70cm-pas-d-expedition-vendu-uniquement-en-click-and-collect-fun-cakes-1.jpg?v=1772138372"},{"product_id":"boite-gateau-carree-pme-choisir-taille","title":"PME Cake Square Cake Box","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: 'Montserrat', Arial, sans-serif; color: #444444; background-color: #faf7f0; padding: 20px; border-radius: 8px;\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center; padding: 28px 20px 24px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-bottom: 2px solid #b98b35; background-color: transparent;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #b98b35; font-size: 13px; font-weight: 500; letter-spacing: 4px; text-transform: uppercase; margin: 0 0 12px 0;\"\u003ePME Cake\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 22px; font-weight: 600; margin: 0 0 6px 0; line-height: 1.3;\"\u003ePME Cake Square Cake Box - \u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a7a55; font-size: 13px; font-style: italic; margin: 0; letter-spacing: 1px;\"\u003ePME Cake (United Kingdom): cake box for professional decorative pastry\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"margin-bottom: 25px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThe PME Cake Square Cake Box is a cake design accessory made by PME Cake, a British brand known for decorative baking tools and food-grade cutters. Designed for cake boxes, it is intended for professional bakers, cake designers, and advanced hobbyists.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaterial: food-grade cardboard. Compatible with: fondant, gum paste, marzipan. This item is offered in several options to meet different cake design production needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #faf4e5; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; border-radius: 8px; padding: 18px 22px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #8a6624; font-size: 16px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6px; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eAvailable sizes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #444444; margin: 0 0 14px 0; font-size: 13px; line-height: 1.5;\"\u003e13 options to choose from, select yours using the selector above:\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cdiv style=\"display: grid; grid-template-columns: repeat(4, 1fr); gap: 8px;\"\u003e\n        \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 6px; padding: 9px 12px; text-align: center; font-size: 13px; color: #2b2b2b; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e15x15cm\u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 6px; padding: 9px 12px; text-align: center; font-size: 13px; color: #2b2b2b; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e17.5x17.5cm\u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 6px; padding: 9px 12px; text-align: center; font-size: 13px; color: #2b2b2b; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e20x20cm\u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 6px; padding: 9px 12px; text-align: center; font-size: 13px; color: #2b2b2b; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e22.5x22.5cm\u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 6px; padding: 9px 12px; text-align: center; font-size: 13px; color: #2b2b2b; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e25x25cm\u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 6px; padding: 9px 12px; text-align: center; font-size: 13px; color: #2b2b2b; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e27.5x27.5xm\u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 6px; padding: 9px 12px; text-align: center; font-size: 13px; color: #2b2b2b; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e30x30cm\u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 6px; padding: 9px 12px; text-align: center; font-size: 13px; color: #2b2b2b; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e33x33cm\u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 6px; padding: 9px 12px; text-align: center; font-size: 13px; color: #2b2b2b; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e35x35cm\u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 6px; padding: 9px 12px; text-align: center; font-size: 13px; color: #2b2b2b; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e37.5x37.5cm\u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 6px; padding: 9px 12px; text-align: center; font-size: 13px; color: #2b2b2b; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e40x40cm\u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 6px; padding: 9px 12px; text-align: center; font-size: 13px; color: #2b2b2b; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e42.5x42.5cm\u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 6px; padding: 9px 12px; text-align: center; font-size: 13px; color: #2b2b2b; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e45x45cm\u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eTechnical features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b2b2b;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e PME Cake (Premier Manufacturing, United Kingdom)\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e cake box\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e food-grade cardboard\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eAvailable sizes:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15x15cm, 17.5x17.5cm, 20x20cm, 22.5x22.5cm, 25x25cm, 27.5x27.5cm, 30x30cm, 33x33cm, 35x35cm, 37.5x37.5cm, 40x40cm, 42.5x42.5cm, 45x45cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e professional or advanced amateur in cake design\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eRecommended applications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCake transport:\u003c\/strong\u003e protection and presentation for cake designers and pastry shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eWedding cake delivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e packaging adapted for secure transport of large cakes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eEvent cupcakes:\u003c\/strong\u003e compartmentalized boxes for transport and presentation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eDecorated gift cookies:\u003c\/strong\u003e neat packaging for royal icing cookie sales.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003ePastry shop:\u003c\/strong\u003e professional packaging for takeout sales.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePatissland Tip for Square Cake Box  \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0;\"\u003eTo preserve the freshness of your cakes, store them in the box at room temperature (15-20°C), avoiding the refrigerator which dries out sugar paste. PME Cake is suitable for transport and delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0; padding-left: 18px; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eBrand: PME Cake\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eOrigin: United Kingdom\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eCategory: Cake box\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eMaterial: food-grade cardboard\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #faf4e5; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; border-radius: 8px; padding: 18px 22px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #8a6624; font-size: 16px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10px; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eTo go further\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #444444; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-size: 14px;\"\u003eComplete your PME cake design equipment:\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eRestock with \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/extension-de-boite\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eother PME box sizes\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eAnd for assembly, add \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/cake-drum-rond-blanc-choisir-la-taille\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003ea cake drum support\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eAnd find the entire \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/pme\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003ePME Cake brand\u003c\/a\u003e on Patissland.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PME Cake","offers":[{"title":"15x15cm","offer_id":39586737094698,"sku":"CBO800","price":2.69,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"17.5x17.5cm","offer_id":39678529536042,"sku":"CBO801","price":2.59,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"20x20cm","offer_id":39552073334826,"sku":"CBO802","price":2.79,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"22.5x22.5cm","offer_id":39552073367594,"sku":"CBO803","price":3.29,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"25x25cm","offer_id":39552073400362,"sku":"CBO804","price":3.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"27.5x27.5cm","offer_id":39552073433130,"sku":"CBO805","price":3.79,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"30x30cm","offer_id":39552073465898,"sku":"CBO806","price":4.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"33x33cm","offer_id":39552073498666,"sku":"CBO807","price":5.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"35x35cm","offer_id":39552073531434,"sku":"CBO808","price":5.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"37.5x37.5cm","offer_id":39552073564202,"sku":"CBO809","price":6.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40x40cm","offer_id":39552073596970,"sku":"CBO810","price":6.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"42.5x42.5cm","offer_id":39552073629738,"sku":"CBO811","price":7.29,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"45x45cm","offer_id":39552073662506,"sku":"CBO812","price":7.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/boite-a-gateau-carree-pme-choisir-la-taille-pme-1.jpg?v=1772138786"},{"product_id":"extension-de-boite-set-3","title":"Box Extension set\/3 - PME Cake","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: 'Montserrat', Arial, sans-serif; color: #444444; background-color: #faf7f0; padding: 20px; border-radius: 8px;\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center; padding: 28px 20px 24px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-bottom: 2px solid #b98b35; background-color: transparent;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #b98b35; font-size: 13px; font-weight: 500; letter-spacing: 4px; text-transform: uppercase; margin: 0 0 12px 0;\"\u003ePME Cake\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 22px; font-weight: 600; margin: 0 0 6px 0; line-height: 1.3;\"\u003eBox Extension set\/3 - PME Cake\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a7a55; font-size: 13px; font-style: italic; margin: 0; letter-spacing: 1px;\"\u003ePME Cake (United Kingdom): cake box for professional decorative pastry\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"margin-bottom: 25px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThe Box Extension set\/3 - PME Cake is a cake design accessory made by PME Cake, a leading British brand for decorative baking tools and food cutters. Designed for cake boxes, it is intended for professional bakers, cake designers, and advanced hobbyists.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaterial: food-grade cardboard. Compatible with: sugar paste, gum paste, marzipan. A reference tool for professional cake design, to include in your pastry decorator’s toolkit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eTechnical features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b2b2b;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e PME Cake (Premier Manufacturing, United Kingdom)\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e cake box\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e food-grade cardboard\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e professional or advanced amateur in cake design\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eRecommended applications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCake transport:\u003c\/strong\u003e protection and presentation for cake designers and pastry shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eWedding cake delivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e packaging adapted for secure transport of large cakes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eEvent cupcakes:\u003c\/strong\u003e compartmentalized boxes for transport and presentation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eDecorated gift cookies:\u003c\/strong\u003e neat packaging for royal icing cookie sales.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003ePastry shop:\u003c\/strong\u003e professional packaging for takeout sales.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePatissland Tip for Box Extension set\/3\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0;\"\u003eTo preserve the freshness of your cakes, store them in the box at room temperature (15-20°C), avoiding the refrigerator which dries out sugar paste. PME Cake is suitable for transport and delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0; padding-left: 18px; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eBrand: PME Cake\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eOrigin: United Kingdom\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eCategory: Cake box\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eMaterial: food-grade cardboard\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #faf4e5; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; border-radius: 8px; padding: 18px 22px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #8a6624; font-size: 16px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10px; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eTo go further\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #444444; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-size: 14px;\"\u003eComplete your PME cake design equipment:\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eRestock with \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/extension-de-boite\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eother PME box sizes\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eAnd for assembly, add \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/cake-drum-rond-blanc-choisir-la-taille\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003ea cake drum support\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eAnd find the entire \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/pme\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003ePME Cake brand\u003c\/a\u003e on Patissland.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PME Cake","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39516083683370,"sku":"CBE998","price":9.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/extension-de-boite-set3-pme-1.jpg?v=1772139338"},{"product_id":"2-boites-a-gateaux-english-quotes","title":"2 Cake Boxes - 21x21x9CM","description":"\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2 Cake Boxes - English Quotes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDescription:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd a touch of elegance and cheer to your pastry creations with these pretty \u003cstrong\u003eEnglish Quotes cake boxes\u003c\/strong\u003e from the \u003cstrong\u003eFunCakes\u003c\/strong\u003e brand. Adorned with motivating and positive quotes in English, these pink and green boxes are perfect for packaging your cakes in style. They feature a practical plastic window, ideal for showcasing your creations while protecting them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMain Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnique and colorful design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Inspiring English quotes with an eye-catching green and pink theme.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransparent plastic window\u003c\/strong\u003e: Allows you to see the cake without opening the box, for an attractive presentation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable materials\u003c\/strong\u003e: Made from food-grade cardboard, perfect for safely transporting your cakes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatility\u003c\/strong\u003e: Suitable for birthday cakes, party cakes, or other sweet treats.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength\u003c\/strong\u003e: 21 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWidth\u003c\/strong\u003e: 21 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight\u003c\/strong\u003e: 9 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2 cake boxes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBenefits:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical and aesthetic\u003c\/strong\u003e: Transport and present your cakes with style.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to use\u003c\/strong\u003e: The closure is simple, and the box is spacious enough for medium-sized cakes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReusable\u003c\/strong\u003e: Can be used multiple times if handled with care.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGourmet gifts: Present your cakes in an elegant and original box.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAmateur or professional bakers looking to showcase their creations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpecial events such as birthdays, weddings, or themed parties.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUsage Tips:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the cake in the box using a sturdy cardboard base for added stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose the box gently to preserve the freshness and appearance of your pastries.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"FUN CAKES","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39539710591018,"sku":"F80285","price":2.59,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/2-boites-a-gateaux-21x21x9cm-fun-cakes-1.jpg?v=1772139541"},{"product_id":"25-boites-pour-plateaux-traiteur-29x42cm","title":"Box for Catering Trays 29x42cm (Quantity of your choice)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWhite Catering Tray Box, 28.5 × 42.5 × 6 cm, buffet presentation and transport\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnsure an \u003cstrong\u003eimpeccable presentation and secure transport of your buffets\u003c\/strong\u003e with this professional catering tray box. Specially designed to hold \u003cstrong\u003estandard 28.5 × 42.5 cm reception supports\u003c\/strong\u003e with a height of 6 cm, it is the essential ally for caterers, pastry chefs, restaurateurs, and event organizers for the secure delivery of petits fours, canapés, macarons, small pastries, and savory or sweet cocktail pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003ePatissland\u003c\/strong\u003e, this white catering box is designed to perfectly match our \u003cstrong\u003e28.5 × 42.5 cm catering trays\u003c\/strong\u003e (sold separately). The \"tray + box\" combo is the complete logistical solution for reception professionals who deliver daily dinner buffets, corporate cocktail trays, weddings, baptisms, seminars, and all events where presentation matters as much as content.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003csection class=\"patissland-faq\" aria-labelledby=\"caracteristiques-title\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2 id=\"caracteristiques-title\" class=\"patissland-faq__title\"\u003eDetailed technical specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions and format adapted to the standard catering tray\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExternal dimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e: 28.5 cm × 42.5 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeight\u003c\/strong\u003e: 6 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor\u003c\/strong\u003e: pure white\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e: food contact certified high-density cardboard\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThis 28.5 × 42.5 cm size corresponds to the \u003cstrong\u003estandard catering tray\u003c\/strong\u003e used by most reception professionals in France and Europe. The 6 cm height is calibrated to hold petits fours, canapés, low verrines, and cocktail pieces without crushing them when the lid is closed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-density cardboard, protection and rigidity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-density cardboard\u003c\/strong\u003e used for this box offers professional rigidity that effectively protects the contents throughout transit. Specifically:\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eResistance to moderate shocks (vehicle transport, kitchen handling)\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eNo sagging under weight (tray full of petits fours + crudités + sauces)\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eProtection against dust and external dirt during transport\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eLid that closes neatly and stays in place during handling\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePure white design, elegant presentation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003epure white finish\u003c\/strong\u003e provides a clean presentation that instantly enhances your gourmet assortments. White is the universal color for high-end receptions, harmonizing with all event themes (wedding, corporate seminar, baptism, art opening, private cocktail) without ever clashing. The simplicity of white highlights the content without visually competing with your culinary creations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eTo customize, you can place a \u003cstrong\u003esatin ribbon or a sticker of your brand\u003c\/strong\u003e on top for a homemade brand look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCertified food safety for direct contact\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe cardboard used is \u003cstrong\u003ecertified safe for direct food contact\u003c\/strong\u003e according to current European standards. This means you can place your preparations directly in the box (without a liner) without risk of substance migration to the food. In practice, most professionals still use the catering tray inside the box (easier for setting and final presentation), but the direct contact certification is a safety net for all usage situations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlat delivery, quick and intuitive assembly\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe boxes are \u003cstrong\u003edelivered flat\u003c\/strong\u003e for optimized storage in your kitchen or lab. This saves a lot of storage space (a stack of 50 flat boxes takes up the equivalent of a standard carton, vs 50 assembled boxes that would fill an entire cupboard). Assembly is done in a few simple steps:\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003e1. Fold the bottom edges along the pre-scored lines\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003e2. Assemble the corners by folding the tabs\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003e3. Close the lid the same way\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eAllow 20 to 30 seconds per box in practice, once you get the hang of it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTwo purchase sizes, individual and pack of 25\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eAvailable in two sizes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIndividually\u003c\/strong\u003e, for occasional needs (special orders, trial before bulk purchase, enthusiasts organizing a family event)\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn packs of 25\u003c\/strong\u003e, for optimized professional stock management (caterers, pastry chefs, restaurateurs with regular tray orders)\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe pack size of 25 matches the consumption rate of an average caterer over 1 to 2 weeks, allowing stock maintenance without excessive immobilization.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\n\u003csection class=\"patissland-faq\" aria-labelledby=\"usages-title\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2 id=\"usages-title\" class=\"patissland-faq__title\"\u003eRecommended professional uses\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDinner buffets and event cocktails\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eFor \u003cstrong\u003edinner buffets\u003c\/strong\u003e (weddings, birthdays, galas, seminars), trays of savory and sweet bite-sized treats are at the heart of the catering offer. The white box protects during transport from the central kitchen to the reception venue, preserves freshness during the waiting hours before service, and makes table setting easier once opened. Size 28.5 × 42.5 × 6 cm suitable for a varied assortment of 30 to 50 cocktail pieces depending on their size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCorporate cocktail trays and seminars\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eFor \u003cstrong\u003ecorporate cocktail trays\u003c\/strong\u003e (seminar lunch breaks, back-to-work cocktails, farewell parties, product launches), the professional white box conveys a quality signal that reassures corporate clients. These orders are often delivered directly to offices, and presentation matters a lot. A neatly folded and assembled box, with a nicely garnished tray, inspires confidence and strengthens your brand's professional image.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePastry trays, sweet petit fours, and macarons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eFor \u003cstrong\u003epastry chefs selling trays of sweet petit fours\u003c\/strong\u003e (macarons, mini éclairs, individual tartlets, financiers, small cheesecakes), this box is the delivery standard. Ideal size for a tray of 30 to 60 macarons or 20 to 30 mini pastries depending on their size. The 6 cm height allows stacking flat petit fours (macarons, small shortbreads) in 1 to 2 layers without risk of crushing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMini-burgers, wraps, and savory cocktail pieces\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eFor \u003cstrong\u003esavory cocktail pieces\u003c\/strong\u003e (mini-burgers, mini-wraps, low verrines, skewers, bread canapé), the white catering box transports presentations without deforming them. The rigidity of the cardboard prevents the canapés from collapsing, and the 6 cm height is perfectly calibrated to accommodate most savory pieces without crushing. This is the format used by professional caterers for both professional receptions and private events.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHome delivery and online platforms\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eFor \u003cstrong\u003ecaterers and pastry chefs selling via delivery platforms\u003c\/strong\u003e (online orders delivered by couriers), the white box 28.5 × 42.5 × 6 cm is a professional packaging that withstands two-wheeler transport without deformation. It reassures the end customer who receives their order \"like at a restaurant\" rather than \"like disposable food.\" The packaging is an integral part of the quality perception for this rapidly growing distribution channel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShop display and take-away sales\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eIn the \u003cstrong\u003epastry shop\u003c\/strong\u003e, the white box can also be used for take-away sales of pre-assembled trays (assortments of petit fours for the weekend, trays for birthday snacks). The customer takes the closed box directly without handling, which prevents breakage and deformation. Single sales are possible for customers who want their own box before ordering a tray.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\n\u003csection class=\"patissland-faq\" aria-labelledby=\"associes-title\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2 id=\"associes-title\" class=\"patissland-faq__title\"\u003ePatissland complementary products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCatering trays in size 28.5 × 42.5 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe essential complementary product: \u003cstrong\u003ecatering trays in the matching size\u003c\/strong\u003e, specifically designed to fit into this box with stable and neat support. Patissland offers several finishes and colors of trays depending on the desired effect (silver for chic receptions, gold for prestigious events, black for contemporary service). The \"tray + box\" combo forms the complete logistical solution for catering delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhole cake boxes vs catering boxes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eBe sure to distinguish according to your need:\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCatering tray box (this product)\u003c\/strong\u003e, flat format 28.5 × 42.5 × 6 cm, limited height, for individual pieces spread on a tray\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhole cake box\u003c\/strong\u003e (FunCakes 40×30×15 cm or Azucren 40.6×30.4×15.2 cm), 15 cm height, for a layered cake or a low centerpiece cake\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eDon’t confuse the two, their uses are completely different. For a wedding cake order, order the whole cake box; for a tray of bites, order the flat catering box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIndividual cups and capsules for bites\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eTo prevent cocktail pieces from sliding over each other during transport, Patissland offers \u003cstrong\u003eindividual paper cups\u003c\/strong\u003e (round, square, scalloped) in various diameters. Place each bite in its cup before arranging on the tray. The visual effect is also improved, with each piece clearly defined and highlighting its neighbor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLabels and ribbons for customization\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eTo turn a standard white box into \u003cstrong\u003ehouse brand packaging\u003c\/strong\u003e, Patissland offers customizable labels and ribbons. A satin ribbon placed diagonally on the lid, a \"homemade\" label stuck in the center, or a custom dry stamp pressed on the cardboard are simple tricks to professionalize packaging without heavy investment in printed customization.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery and insulated bags for transport\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eFor \u003cstrong\u003elong-distance deliveries or hot weather\u003c\/strong\u003e, complement the catering box with an insulated delivery bag that maintains temperature. Patissland offers several insulated bag sizes compatible with the 28.5 × 42.5 cm box. This double protection (rigid box + insulated) ensures your trays arrive in optimal condition, especially important for savory bites and cream- or fish-based preparations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCake drums and bases for alternative presentations\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eIf you are doing \u003cstrong\u003ecomplete event presentations\u003c\/strong\u003e (wedding buffet, prestigious reception), you will also need supports for larger pieces that don’t fit in the catering tray format, silver 12 mm cake drums for wedding cakes, 4 mm rectangular bases for yule logs and entremets. Patissland offers the full range to equip a complete event kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\n\u003csection class=\"patissland-faq\" aria-labelledby=\"faq-title\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2 id=\"faq-title\" class=\"patissland-faq__title\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the catering tray included with the box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo\u003c\/strong\u003e, catering trays are sold \u003cstrong\u003eseparately\u003c\/strong\u003e. This sheet concerns only the protective and transport box. You can order the box and the corresponding tray simultaneously to create your complete delivery kit. Patissland has aligned the dimensions of its catering trays to the 28.5 × 42.5 cm format to ensure stable support inside the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many mignardises can a box hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eIt depends on the size of the items, but roughly for a 28.5 × 42.5 cm tray:\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMacarons\u003c\/strong\u003e (Ø 4 cm), 50 to 60 pieces arranged in a tight grid\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIndividual mini pastries\u003c\/strong\u003e (Ø 4-5 cm), 30 to 40 pieces\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMini square canapés\u003c\/strong\u003e (3 × 3 cm), 80 to 100 pieces\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMini-burgers\u003c\/strong\u003e (Ø 5-6 cm), 20 to 25 pieces\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLow verrines\u003c\/strong\u003e (Ø 3-4 cm), 30 to 40 pieces\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThese numbers are approximate and should be adjusted according to the exact height of your items and the desired spacing between them (an aesthetic presentation requires some space between items).\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the box really reusable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eFor end customer use, no. Once the box is opened and the tray removed, the cardboard starts to crease and rigidity decreases. Professional caterers provide a new box with each order, which is why the pack of 25 is the standard purchase format. However, for \u003cstrong\u003eintermediate use during preparation\u003c\/strong\u003e (for example, to temporarily store trays in the fridge before finalizing), you can reuse the same box several times in the same day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan multiple boxes be stacked for transport?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eYes, with precautions. Assembled boxes withstand stacking, but limit yourself to \u003cstrong\u003e3 to 4 boxes maximum\u003c\/strong\u003e in a stack to avoid the combined weight crushing the contents of the boxes at the bottom. To transport more, use several parallel stacks rather than one tall stack. Pro tip: place boxes containing fragile items (macarons, small cream puffs, delicate mignardises) at the top of the stack, and boxes with sturdy items (mini-burgers, wraps, stale bread canapés) at the bottom.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the box moisture-resistant?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe box resists \u003cstrong\u003emoderate humidity\u003c\/strong\u003e (refrigerator, possible condensation during transport) but not immersion or direct water splashes. For trays with moist foams or products that may leak, place cling film or absorbent paper on the tray before putting it in the box. This prevents moisture from migrating to the cardboard and weakening the structure during transport.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the closed box be refrigerated directly?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eYes. The box perfectly withstands refrigerator temperatures (0°C to 6°C). Common use for professionals: prepare trays the day before, place them in their assembled boxes, and store them in the fridge overnight before delivery the next day. However, leave a slight gap between the trays and the box walls to allow cold air circulation and maintain an even temperature. The boxes are not designed for prolonged freezer use (cardboard may weaken with extreme cold).\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to customize the box with my brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eSeveral accessible solutions without industrial printing:\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCustom stickers\u003c\/strong\u003e, placed on top with your logo, name, or phone number\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSatin ribbon\u003c\/strong\u003e, tied diagonally or at an angle, with a small cardboard pendant bearing your brand name\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry stamp\u003c\/strong\u003e, pressed directly onto the white cardboard for an elegant and discreet effect\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBusiness card\u003c\/strong\u003e, slipped under the lid with a personalized message (birthday, wedding, etc.)\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThese options are much more economical than custom printing in volume and allow you to test different designs before committing to printed box production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does it take to assemble a box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eAbout \u003cstrong\u003e20 to 30 seconds per box\u003c\/strong\u003e once you get the hang of it. For producing 20 boxes before an event, allow 10 minutes total for assembly. Production tip: prepare your boxes in the morning while your preparations are baking or cooling; this is hidden time that doesn’t extend your production day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to store unassembled boxes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eStore the boxes flat \u003cstrong\u003ein a dry, temperate place\u003c\/strong\u003e, away from direct sunlight and humidity (avoid basements or laundry rooms). A stack of 50 flat boxes measures about 10 cm high, allowing compact storage in a cupboard or dedicated shelf. Keep them wrapped in their original packaging until used to protect them from dust and ambient moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between a pack of 25 and single boxes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe boxes are identical in both purchase formats; only the packaging method changes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSingle units\u003c\/strong\u003e, convenient for occasional needs, testing, or to top up stock at the end of the week\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePack of 25\u003c\/strong\u003e, optimized for professional stock management (one pack corresponds to the average consumption rate of a caterer over 1 to 2 weeks)\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eIf you are starting out as a caterer or pastry chef and don’t yet know your consumption rate, start with a few units to assess your actual usage before moving on to the pack of 25.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n  .patissland-faq {\n    margin: 2.5rem 0;\n    font-family: -apple-system, BlinkMacSystemFont, \"Segoe UI\", Roboto, sans-serif;\n    max-width: 100%;\n  }\n  .patissland-faq__title {\n    font-size: 1.5rem;\n    font-weight: 600;\n    margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\n    color: #2c1810;\n    border-bottom: 2px solid #8B4513;\n    padding-bottom: 0.5rem;\n  }\n  .patissland-faq__item {\n    border: 1px solid #e5e0d8;\n    border-radius: 8px;\n    margin-bottom: 0.75rem;\n    background: #fdfaf5;\n    overflow: hidden;\n    transition: box-shadow 0.2s ease;\n  }\n  .patissland-faq__item[open] {\n    box-shadow: 0 2px 8px rgba(139, 69, 19, 0.08);\n    border-color: #8B4513;\n  }\n  .patissland-faq__question {\n    padding: 1rem 1.25rem 1rem 2.5rem;\n    cursor: pointer;\n    font-size: 1rem;\n    color: #2c1810;\n    list-style: none;\n    position: relative;\n    padding-right: 2.5rem;\n    user-select: none;\n    transition: background-color 0.2s ease;\n  }\n  .patissland-faq__question strong { font-weight: 600; }\n  .patissland-faq__question:hover { background-color: #f5efe5; }\n  .patissland-faq__question::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n  .patissland-faq__question::marker { display: none; content: \"\"; }\n  .patissland-faq__question::before {\n    content: \"\";\n    position: absolute;\n    left: 1.1rem;\n    top: 50%;\n    width: 8px;\n    height: 8px;\n    border-right: 2px solid #8B4513;\n    border-bottom: 2px solid #8B4513;\n    transform: translateY(-70%) rotate(-45deg);\n    transition: transform 0.2s ease;\n  }\n  .patissland-faq__item[open] .patissland-faq__question::before {\n    transform: translateY(-30%) rotate(45deg);\n  }\n  .patissland-faq__question::after {\n    content: \"+\";\n    position: absolute;\n    right: 1.25rem;\n    top: 50%;\n    transform: translateY(-50%);\n    font-size: 1.5rem;\n    font-weight: 300;\n    color: #8B4513;\n    line-height: 1;\n  }\n  .patissland-faq__item[open] .patissland-faq__question::after { content: \"−\"; }\n  .patissland-faq__answer {\n    padding: 0 1.25rem 1.25rem 2.5rem;\n    color: #4a3c2e;\n    line-height: 1.65;\n    font-size: 0.95rem;\n  }\n  .patissland-faq__answer p { margin: 0 0 0.75rem 0; }\n  .patissland-faq__answer p:last-child { margin-bottom: 0; }\n  @media (max-width: 640px) {\n    .patissland-faq__title { font-size: 1.25rem; }\n    .patissland-faq__question { font-size: 0.95rem; padding: 0.875rem 1rem 0.875rem 2.25rem; padding-right: 2.25rem; }\n    .patissland-faq__answer { padding: 0 1rem 1rem 2.25rem; font-size: 0.9rem; }\n  }\n\u003c\/style\u003e","brand":"MALLARD FERRIERE","offers":[{"title":"1 box","offer_id":49217219985747,"sku":"16006","price":1.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 boxes","offer_id":49217220018515,"sku":"16005","price":29.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/boite-pour-plateaux-traiteur-29x42cm-qty-au-choix-mallard-ferriere-1.jpg?v=1772139676"},{"product_id":"boite-a-gateau-37x37x45cm","title":"Cake box 37x37x45cm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e37x37x45cm Funcakes Cake Box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTransport your large cakes safely with this sturdy cake box from the FunCakes brand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eVelcro Closures:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy to fold and close.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003ePractical Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 37x37x45cm to accommodate your most generous creations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eReusable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed to be reused under normal conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eContents:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 cake box for unforgettable occasions.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"FUN CAKES","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39571471794218,"sku":"F80165","price":9.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/boite-a-gateau-37x37x45cm-fun-cakes-1.jpg?v=1772140065"},{"product_id":"boite-a-gateau-32x32x11-5cm","title":"2 Cake Boxes 32x32x11.5cm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e32x32x11.5cm Funcakes Cake Box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis plain white cake box is an essential accessory for carrying your pastry creations with style and convenience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for ease of use, it folds easily thanks to its velcro closures, ensuring the safety of your cake during transport. Its detachable base and removable lid allow for hassle-free loading and unloading.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReusable and durable, this cake box is made to withstand multiple uses, offering you an eco-friendly and economical solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts plain white color provides a perfect canvas for your creativity. Customize it with ribbons, stickers, or drawings for an even more personalized touch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGenerous dimensions of 32x32x11.5cm to accommodate cakes of various sizes and shapes, while ensuring a flawless presentation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe pack includes 2 cake boxes, ideal for special occasions, birthday parties, or simply to share your sweet treats with loved ones.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"FUN CAKES","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39594385637418,"sku":"F80155","price":3.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/2-boites-a-gateau-32x32x115cm-fun-cakes-1.jpg?v=1772140189"},{"product_id":"boite-a-gateau-rectangulaire-pme-plusieurs-dimensions","title":"Rectangular Cake Box PME Cake","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: 'Montserrat', Arial, sans-serif; color: #444444; background-color: #faf7f0; padding: 20px; border-radius: 8px;\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center; padding: 28px 20px 24px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-bottom: 2px solid #b98b35; background-color: transparent;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #b98b35; font-size: 13px; font-weight: 500; letter-spacing: 4px; text-transform: uppercase; margin: 0 0 12px 0;\"\u003ePME Cake\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 22px; font-weight: 600; margin: 0 0 6px 0; line-height: 1.3;\"\u003ePME Cake Rectangular Cake Box - \u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a7a55; font-size: 13px; font-style: italic; margin: 0; letter-spacing: 1px;\"\u003ePME Cake (United Kingdom): cake box for professional decorative pastry\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"margin-bottom: 25px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThe PME Cake Rectangular Cake Box is a cake design accessory made by PME Cake, a leading British brand for decorative baking tools and food cutters. Designed for cake boxes, it is intended for professional bakers, cake designers, and advanced hobbyists.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaterial: food-grade cardboard. Compatible with: fondant, gum paste, marzipan. This item is offered in several options to meet different cake design production needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #faf4e5; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; border-radius: 8px; padding: 18px 22px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #8a6624; font-size: 16px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6px; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eAvailable sizes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #444444; margin: 0 0 14px 0; font-size: 13px; line-height: 1.5;\"\u003e4 options to choose from, select yours using the selector above:\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cdiv style=\"display: grid; grid-template-columns: repeat(2, 1fr); gap: 8px;\"\u003e\n        \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 6px; padding: 9px 12px; text-align: center; font-size: 13px; color: #2b2b2b; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e33x22.8cm\u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 6px; padding: 9px 12px; text-align: center; font-size: 13px; color: #2b2b2b; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e35.5x25.4cm\u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 6px; padding: 9px 12px; text-align: center; font-size: 13px; color: #2b2b2b; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e38.1x27.8\u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 6px; padding: 9px 12px; text-align: center; font-size: 13px; color: #2b2b2b; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e43.1x33cm\u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eTechnical features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b2b2b;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e PME Cake (Premier Manufacturing, United Kingdom)\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e cake box\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e food-grade cardboard\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eAvailable sizes:\u003c\/strong\u003e 33x22.8cm, 35.5x25.4cm, 38.1x27.8, 43.1x33cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e professional or advanced amateur in cake design\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eRecommended applications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCake transport:\u003c\/strong\u003e protection and presentation for cake designers and pastry shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eWedding cake delivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e packaging adapted for secure transport of large cakes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eEvent cupcakes:\u003c\/strong\u003e compartmentalized boxes for transport and presentation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eDecorated gift cookies:\u003c\/strong\u003e neat packaging for royal icing cookie sales.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003ePastry shop:\u003c\/strong\u003e professional packaging for takeout sales.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePatissland tip for rectangular cake box  \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0;\"\u003eTo preserve the freshness of your cakes, store them in the box at room temperature (15-20°C), avoiding the refrigerator which dries out sugar paste. PME Cake is suitable for transport and delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0; padding-left: 18px; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eBrand: PME Cake\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eOrigin: United Kingdom\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eCategory: Cake box\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eMaterial: food-grade cardboard\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #faf4e5; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; border-radius: 8px; padding: 18px 22px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #8a6624; font-size: 16px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10px; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eTo go further\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #444444; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-size: 14px;\"\u003eComplete your PME cake design equipment:\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eRestock with \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/extension-de-boite\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eother PME box sizes\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eAnd for assembly, add \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/cake-drum-rond-blanc-choisir-la-taille\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003ea cake drum support\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eAnd find the entire \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/pme\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003ePME Cake brand\u003c\/a\u003e on Patissland.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PME Cake","offers":[{"title":"33x22.8cm","offer_id":39679919325226,"sku":"CBO901","price":3.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"35.5x25.4cm","offer_id":39679919357994,"sku":"CBO902","price":4.59,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"38.1x27.8","offer_id":39867893973034,"sku":"CBO903","price":4.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"43.1x33cm","offer_id":39867893383210,"sku":"CBO904","price":5.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/boite-a-gateau-rectangulaire-pme-choisir-la-taille-pme-1.png?v=1772140811"},{"product_id":"crystal-box-6-cupcakes","title":"Crystal Cupcake Box - PME Cake","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: 'Montserrat', Arial, sans-serif; color: #444444; background-color: #faf7f0; padding: 20px; border-radius: 8px;\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center; padding: 28px 20px 24px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-bottom: 2px solid #b98b35; background-color: transparent;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #b98b35; font-size: 13px; font-weight: 500; letter-spacing: 4px; text-transform: uppercase; margin: 0 0 12px 0;\"\u003ePME Cake\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 22px; font-weight: 600; margin: 0 0 6px 0; line-height: 1.3;\"\u003eCrystal Cupcakes Box - PME Cake\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a7a55; font-size: 13px; font-style: italic; margin: 0; letter-spacing: 1px;\"\u003ePME Cake (United Kingdom): cake box for professional decorative pastry\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"margin-bottom: 25px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThe Crystal Cupcakes Box - PME Cake is a cake design accessory made by PME Cake, a leading British brand for decorative baking tools and food cutters. Designed for cake boxes, it is intended for professional bakers, cake designers, and advanced enthusiasts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e Material: food-grade cardboard. Compatible with: fondant, gum paste, marzipan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #faf4e5; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; border-radius: 8px; padding: 18px 22px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #8a6624; font-size: 16px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6px; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eAvailable models\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #444444; margin: 0 0 14px 0; font-size: 13px; line-height: 1.5;\"\u003e2 options to choose from, select yours using the selector above:\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cdiv style=\"display: grid; grid-template-columns: repeat(2, 1fr); gap: 8px;\"\u003e\n        \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 6px; padding: 9px 12px; text-align: center; font-size: 13px; color: #2b2b2b; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e6 Cupcakes\u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 6px; padding: 9px 12px; text-align: center; font-size: 13px; color: #2b2b2b; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e12 Cupcakes\u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eTechnical features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b2b2b;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e PME Cake (Premier Manufacturing, United Kingdom)\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e cake box\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e food-grade cardboard\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eAvailable models:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 Cupcakes, 12 Cupcakes\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e professional or advanced amateur in cake design\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eRecommended applications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCake transport:\u003c\/strong\u003e protection and presentation for cake designers and pastry shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eWedding cake delivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e packaging adapted for secure transport of large cakes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eEvent cupcakes:\u003c\/strong\u003e compartmentalized boxes for transport and presentation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eDecorated gift cookies:\u003c\/strong\u003e neat packaging for royal icing cookie sales.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003ePastry shop:\u003c\/strong\u003e professional packaging for takeout sales.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePatissland Tip for Crystal Cupcakes Box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0;\"\u003eTo preserve the freshness of your cakes, store them in the box at room temperature (15-20°C), avoiding the refrigerator which dries out sugar paste. PME Cake is suitable for transport and delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0; padding-left: 18px; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eBrand: PME Cake\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eOrigin: United Kingdom\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eCategory: Cake box\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eMaterial: food-grade cardboard\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #faf4e5; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; border-radius: 8px; padding: 18px 22px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #8a6624; font-size: 16px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10px; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eTo go further\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #444444; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-size: 14px;\"\u003eComplete your PME cake design equipment:\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eRestock with \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/extension-de-boite\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eother PME box sizes\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eAnd for assembly, add \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/cake-drum-rond-blanc-choisir-la-taille\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003ea cake drum support\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eAnd find the entire \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/pme\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003ePME Cake brand\u003c\/a\u003e on Patissland.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PME Cake","offers":[{"title":"6 Cupcakes","offer_id":39680000458794,"sku":"CCB700","price":4.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"12 Cupcakes","offer_id":39680000491562,"sku":"CCB701","price":6.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/crystal-cupcakes-box-pme-1.png?v=1772140826"},{"product_id":"gingerbread-greenhouse","title":"Gingerbread Greenhouse","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGingerbread Greenhouse\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDescription:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGet carried away by the holiday spirit with this unique Gingerbread Greenhouse kit, including 5 stainless steel cookie cutters and 3 decorative trees to build an enchanted gingerbread greenhouse. It’s the perfect activity to bring children and adults together around a tradition that is as fun as it is delicious. Create an edible work of art together that embodies the magic of Christmas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKit Contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5 stainless steel cookie cutters\u003c\/strong\u003e: Offering various shapes and silhouettes to assemble your greenhouse (2 types of walls, 1 roof, 2 types of windows), designed for perfect release and easy cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGreenhouse dimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e: H16 cm x W18.7 cm x D11.8 cm, an ideal size for a centerpiece decoration on your holiday table.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3 decorative trees\u003c\/strong\u003e: H10 cm, to add a touch of greenery inside your greenhouse.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFood-grade stainless steel\u003c\/strong\u003e: Ensures durability and safety for your culinary creations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackaging and Recipe:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGift packaging\u003c\/strong\u003e: Delivered in an elegant greenhouse-shaped box with a white rope handle, perfect for gifting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecipe included\u003c\/strong\u003e: Find on the back of the packaging a simple recipe for the dough and decorative icing, along with suggestions to flavor your creation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCleaning\u003c\/strong\u003e: Washing with warm water before first use and after each use is recommended to keep the cutters in perfect condition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFestive family activities\u003c\/strong\u003e: Create precious memories by making this gingerbread greenhouse together.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOriginal decoration\u003c\/strong\u003e: Add a centerpiece to your Christmas décor that will amaze your guests.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA gourmet and creative gift\u003c\/strong\u003e: Surprise your loved ones with a ready-to-use kit for a festive baking adventure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Gingerbread Greenhouse is more than just a baking kit; it’s a gateway to a world of creativity, sharing, and delights. Celebrate the holiday season by creating a gingerbread greenhouse that will delight both the eyes and the taste buds. A must-have to make your Christmas unforgettable.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"SCRAPCOOKING","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39683752886314,"sku":"3958","price":9.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/gingerbread-greenhouse-scrapcooking-1.jpg?v=1772140890"},{"product_id":"boite-a-gateau-avec-semelle-25x25x15cm","title":"Cake box with base - Choose the size","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: 'Montserrat', Arial, sans-serif; color: #444444; background-color: #faf7f0; padding: 20px; border-radius: 8px;\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center; padding: 28px 20px 24px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-bottom: 2px solid #b98b35; background-color: transparent;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #b98b35; font-size: 13px; font-weight: 500; letter-spacing: 4px; text-transform: uppercase; margin: 0 0 12px 0;\"\u003eFunCakes - Pastry packaging\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 22px; font-weight: 600; margin: 0 0 6px 0; line-height: 1.3;\"\u003eCake box with base - FunCakes 15 cm height\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a7a55; font-size: 13px; font-style: italic; margin: 0; letter-spacing: 1px;\"\u003eReinforced cardboard box with removable lid and included round board, for layer cakes and naked cakes\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"margin-bottom: 25px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003ecake box with FunCakes base\u003c\/strong\u003e is a reinforced cardboard packaging dedicated to transporting and presenting \u003cstrong\u003elayer cakes\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003enaked cakes\u003c\/strong\u003e, tiered cakes, and shareable entremets. Its 15 cm height makes it the ideal option for tall decorated cakes with multiple layers of filling, icing, and finishing touches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eEach box is delivered \u003cstrong\u003ewith an included round cake board\u003c\/strong\u003e (3 mm cardboard), allowing you to place the cake stably before closing the removable lid. The square shape of the container perfectly fits common round cakes (Ø 20 to 26 cm) while leaving enough space for side decorations and drips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 12px; padding: 26px 28px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 20px; margin: 0 0 6px 0; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eWhich box size to choose\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a7a55; font-size: 13px; margin: 0 0 22px 0; font-style: italic;\"\u003eThe calculator guides you to the suitable size based on your cake and number of guests.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n        \u003cdiv style=\"display: block; margin-bottom: 18px;\"\u003e\n            \u003clabel for=\"pl-calc-type\" style=\"display: block; color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 13px; font-weight: 600; margin-bottom: 8px; letter-spacing: 1px; text-transform: uppercase;\"\u003eType of cake to transport\u003c\/label\u003e\n            \u003cselect id=\"pl-calc-type\" style=\"width: 100%; padding: 12px 14px; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 8px; background-color: #faf7f0; color: #2b2b2b; font-family: 'Montserrat', Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 14px; cursor: pointer;\"\u003e\n                \u003coption value=\"layer\"\u003eLayer cake (3 to 4 layers of sponge with filling)\u003c\/option\u003e\n                \u003coption value=\"naked\"\u003eNaked cake (visible layers without outer icing)\u003c\/option\u003e\n                \u003coption value=\"anniversaire\"\u003eDecorated birthday cake (drip cake, fondant)\u003c\/option\u003e\n                \u003coption value=\"entremets\"\u003eMulti-layer entremets (mousse, insert, mirror glaze)\u003c\/option\u003e\n                \u003coption value=\"ceremonie\"\u003eTall family celebration cake (fondant, decorations)\u003c\/option\u003e\n                \u003coption value=\"numbercake\"\u003eNumber cake or letter cake\u003c\/option\u003e\n            \u003c\/select\u003e\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n        \u003cdiv style=\"display: block; margin-bottom: 18px;\"\u003e\n            \u003clabel for=\"pl-calc-parts\" style=\"display: block; color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 13px; font-weight: 600; margin-bottom: 8px; letter-spacing: 1px; text-transform: uppercase;\"\u003eNumber of guests to serve\u003c\/label\u003e\n            \u003cselect id=\"pl-calc-parts\" style=\"width: 100%; padding: 12px 14px; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 8px; background-color: #faf7f0; color: #2b2b2b; font-family: 'Montserrat', Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 14px; cursor: pointer;\"\u003e\n                \u003coption value=\"6\"\u003e6 to 8 guests (cake Ø 18 cm)\u003c\/option\u003e\n                \u003coption value=\"10\" selected\u003e10 to 12 guests (cake Ø 20 cm)\u003c\/option\u003e\n                \u003coption value=\"14\"\u003e14 to 16 guests (cake Ø 22 cm)\u003c\/option\u003e\n                \u003coption value=\"18\"\u003e18 to 22 guests (cake Ø 24 cm)\u003c\/option\u003e\n                \u003coption value=\"24\"\u003e24 to 30 guests (cake Ø 26 cm)\u003c\/option\u003e\n            \u003c\/select\u003e\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n        \u003cbutton id=\"pl-calc-btn\" style=\"width: 100%; padding: 14px 18px; background-color: #b98b35; color: #ffffff; border: none; border-radius: 8px; font-family: 'Montserrat', Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 14px; font-weight: 600; letter-spacing: 2px; text-transform: uppercase; cursor: pointer; margin-bottom: 18px;\"\u003eFind my box size\u003c\/button\u003e\n\n        \u003cdiv id=\"pl-calc-result\" style=\"background-color: #faf4e5; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0; padding: 18px 22px; display: none;\"\u003e\n            \u003cp style=\"color: #b98b35; font-size: 11px; font-weight: 600; letter-spacing: 3px; text-transform: uppercase; margin: 0 0 10px 0;\"\u003eYour recommendation\u003c\/p\u003e\n            \u003cdiv id=\"pl-calc-output\" style=\"color: #444444; font-size: 14px; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n        \u003cscript\u003e\n        (function() {\n            var gateauxTypes = {\n                \"layer\": {\n                    label: \"Layer cake\",\n                    tip: \"Le layer cake a 3 ou 4 etages necessite une marge laterale d'au moins 4 a 5 cm pour les decors (drip, swirls de creme au beurre, fleurs comestibles). La hauteur 15 cm laisse aussi la place pour un topper sans deformer le couvercle.\"\n                },\n                \"naked\": {\n                    label: \"Naked cake\",\n                    tip: \"Le naked cake exhibe ses etages a nu sans glacage exterieur. La boite avec semelle permet un transport propre sans coller la mie aux parois. Privilegiez le support carton inclus pour faciliter le repositionnement final sur le presentoir d'arrivee.\"\n                },\n                \"anniversaire\": {\n                    label: \"Gateau d'anniversaire decore\",\n                    tip: \"Pour un drip cake ou un gateau couvert de fondant, la boite avec couvercle amovible evite tout contact avec la decoration. Posez le couvercle uniquement apres prise complete du drip (minimum 30 minutes a temperature ambiante).\"\n                },\n                \"entremets\": {\n                    label: \"Entremets multi-couches\",\n                    tip: \"L'entremets glace miroir reste fragile au transport. Refroidissez bien la boite avant chargement, manipulez avec la semelle carton et evitez les chocs thermiques. Sortie de chambre froide au dernier moment pour preserver le brillant du glacage.\"\n                },\n                \"ceremonie\": {\n                    label: \"Gateau de ceremonie familiale\",\n                    tip: \"Pour une ceremonie familiale, la boite avec semelle est indispensable pour transporter le gateau de l'atelier au lieu de reception sans risque. Le couvercle amovible facilite la presentation devant les convives au moment de la decouverte.\"\n                },\n                \"numbercake\": {\n                    label: \"Number cake \/ Letter cake\",\n                    tip: \"Les number cakes et letter cakes occupent plus de surface mais moins de hauteur. Le format 30x30 est generalement plus adapte au chiffre seul, le 25x25 convient pour les chiffres compacts. Verifiez la dimension finale de votre patron avant choix.\"\n                }\n            };\n\n            function calcule() {\n                var typeKey = document.getElementById(\"pl-calc-type\").value;\n                var parts = parseInt(document.getElementById(\"pl-calc-parts\").value);\n                var t = gateauxTypes[typeKey];\n\n                var tailleRecommandee, dimensionsRecommandees, justification;\n\n                if (parts \u003c= 14) {\n                    tailleRecommandee = \"25 x 25 x 15 cm\";\n                    dimensionsRecommandees = \"Format compact : ideal pour gateaux jusqu'a Ø 22 cm avec marge decorative confortable\";\n                    justification = \"Le format 25x25 accueille un gateau central de 18 a 22 cm de diametre, en laissant 1,5 a 3,5 cm de marge laterale pour les decors (drips, fleurs, swirls). Hauteur 15 cm pour les layer cakes 3 etages standards.\";\n                } else {\n                    tailleRecommandee = \"30 x 30 x 15 cm\";\n                    dimensionsRecommandees = \"Format large : adapte aux gateaux Ø 24 a 28 cm et number cakes\";\n                    justification = \"Le format 30x30 accueille un gateau de 24 a 28 cm, indispensable pour les receptions de plus de 14 convives. Laisse aussi la place pour les number cakes, letter cakes ou disposition non centree.\";\n                }\n\n                var html = \"\";\n                html += \"\u003cp style=\\\"margin: 0 0 14px 0;\\\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\" + t.label + \" - \" + parts + \" convives\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\";\n                html += \"\u003cp style=\\\"margin: 0 0 14px 0; font-size: 16px;\\\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFormat recommande : \" + tailleRecommandee + \"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\";\n                html += \"\u003cul style=\\\"margin: 0 0 14px 0; padding-left: 18px;\\\"\u003e\";\n                html += \"\u003cli style=\\\"margin-bottom: 8px;\\\"\u003e\" + dimensionsRecommandees + \"\u003c\/li\u003e\";\n                html += \"\u003cli style=\\\"margin-bottom: 8px;\\\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHauteur 15 cm :\u003c\/strong\u003e compatible 3 a 4 etages de layer cake avec topper\u003c\/li\u003e\";\n                html += \"\u003cli style=\\\"margin-bottom: 8px;\\\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInclus :\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 support rond carton 3 mm pour stabilite\u003c\/li\u003e\";\n                html += \"\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCouvercle :\u003c\/strong\u003e amovible pour chargement et presentation\u003c\/li\u003e\";\n                html += \"\u003c\/ul\u003e\";\n                html += \"\u003cp style=\\\"margin: 0 0 10px 0;\\\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJustification du choix :\u003c\/strong\u003e \" + justification + \"\u003c\/p\u003e\";\n                html += \"\u003cp style=\\\"margin: 12px 0 0 0; padding-top: 12px; border-top: 1px solid #eadfcb; color: #8a6624; font-style: italic;\\\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTip Patissland :\u003c\/strong\u003e \" + t.tip + \"\u003c\/p\u003e\";\n\n                document.getElementById(\"pl-calc-output\").innerHTML = html;\n                document.getElementById(\"pl-calc-result\").style.display = \"block\";\n            }\n\n            document.getElementById(\"pl-calc-btn\").addEventListener(\"click\", calcule);\n        })();\n        \u003c\/script\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 12px; padding: 22px 26px; margin-bottom: 18px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin: 0 0 14px 0; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eTechnical features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 9px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e FunCakes\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 9px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eSize 1:\u003c\/strong\u003e 25 x 25 x 15 cm (compact)\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 9px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eSize 2:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 x 30 x 15 cm (wide)\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 9px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e reinforced food-grade cardboard\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 9px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eLid:\u003c\/strong\u003e removable for loading and presentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 9px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eIncludes:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 round cake board (3 mm cardboard)\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 9px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e transport, presentation, delivery\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003ePackaging:\u003c\/strong\u003e sold individually\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 12px; padding: 22px 26px; margin-bottom: 18px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin: 0 0 14px 0; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eFor which cakes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 9px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eLayer cakes\u003c\/strong\u003e with 3 or 4 tiers, filled with buttercream, whipped ganache, or cream cheese\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 9px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eNaked cakes\u003c\/strong\u003e with visible layers for weddings and modern ceremonies\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 9px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eDrip cakes\u003c\/strong\u003e with chocolate or caramel drips, fluid finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 9px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eBirthday cakes\u003c\/strong\u003e decorated with fondant or sugar paste\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 9px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMulti-layer entremets\u003c\/strong\u003e with mousse, insert, and mirror glaze\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 9px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eNumber cakes and letter cakes\u003c\/strong\u003e for birthdays and celebrations\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eFamily ceremony\u003c\/strong\u003e tiered cakes\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 12px; padding: 22px 26px; margin-bottom: 18px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin: 0 0 14px 0; font-weight: 600;\"\u003ePatissland tips for transport and presentation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n        \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 14px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 6px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTip 1: let the icing set before closing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n            \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0;\"\u003eFor a drip cake or a cake covered with buttercream, wait at least 30 minutes at room temperature before closing the lid. This prevents drips or swirls from sticking to the cardboard and damaging the decorations when opened.\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n        \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 14px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 6px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTip 2: transport only on a flat surface\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n            \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0;\"\u003eThe included support stabilizes the cake in the box but does not compensate for vehicle tilting. Place the box flat in the trunk, ideally on a non-slip mat, never on the inclined seat. For trips longer than 30 minutes, use a cooler or insulated bag in hot weather.\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n        \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 6px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTip 3: use the removable lid for presentation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n            \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0;\"\u003eThe removable lid allows for a spectacular unveiling effect in front of guests. Place the closed box in the center of the table, remove the lid at the moment of singing or speeches, then use the cardboard base to lift the cake directly onto the serving stand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 12px; padding: 22px 26px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin: 0 0 14px 0; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-weight: 600; margin: 0 0 6px 0;\"\u003eWhich size to choose between 25x25 and 30x30?\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #444444; margin: 0 0 14px 0;\"\u003eThe 25x25 cm size is suitable for round cakes up to Ø 22 cm (6 to 14 guests). The 30x30 cm size is necessary for cakes Ø 24 to 28 cm (14 guests and more), as well as for number cakes and letter cakes. The calculator at the top of the page gives you the exact recommendation based on your project.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-weight: 600; margin: 0 0 6px 0;\"\u003eIs the 15 cm height sufficient for a 4-layer cake?\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #444444; margin: 0 0 14px 0;\"\u003eYes, the 15 cm internal height can accommodate 4 layers of sponge cake 3 cm each with filling (12 cm), plus a comfortable margin for upper decorations and a topper. For more than 4 layers or a tall cake topper, plan for an extra-tall box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-weight: 600; margin: 0 0 6px 0;\"\u003eIs the included round base food-safe?\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #444444; margin: 0 0 14px 0;\"\u003eYes, the supplied 3 mm cardboard base is food-grade, compatible with direct contact with cakes. You can also place a sheet of parchment paper or cellophane between the cake and the cardboard for extra separation if you wish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-weight: 600; margin: 0 0 6px 0;\"\u003eCan the cake be stored in the refrigerator inside the box?\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #444444; margin: 0 0 14px 0;\"\u003eThe cardboard withstands refrigeration without deformation, but only for a short duration (24 to 48 hours maximum). For extended storage, remove the cake from the box and place it under a glass dome or wrap it in cling film, as the cardboard can absorb ambient fridge moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-weight: 600; margin: 0 0 6px 0;\"\u003eIs the box suitable for long-distance car transport?\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #444444; margin: 0 0 14px 0;\"\u003eYes, the reinforced cardboard and base ensure stability on standard trips. For trips longer than 30 minutes or in hot weather, add an insulated bag or cooler to preserve the cake's temperature, especially for entremets and mirror glazes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-weight: 600; margin: 0 0 6px 0;\"\u003eCan the box be personalized with a logo or message?\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #444444; margin: 0;\"\u003eThe FunCakes box is delivered plain white without printing. You can easily personalize it with a sticker label, a decorative ribbon around the lid, or a printed cardboard topper placed on top.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #faf4e5; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; border-radius: 8px; padding: 18px 22px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #8a6624; font-size: 16px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10px; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eTo go further\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #444444; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-size: 14px;\"\u003eComplete your pastry transport and presentation setup:\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eDiscover our full catalog of \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/boites-a-gateaux\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003ecake boxes\u003c\/a\u003e and our \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/funcakes\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eFunCakes products\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eFor larger transports, browse our \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/cartons-patissiers\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003elarge pastry boxes\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eDress your cake with our \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/toppers\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003ecake toppers\u003c\/a\u003e and our \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/bougies-anniversaire\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003ebirthday candles\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eStabilize your layer cakes before transport with our \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tiges-soutien\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003esupport rods\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"FUN CAKES","offers":[{"title":"25x25x15cm","offer_id":39912950825002,"sku":"F80145","price":3.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"30x30x15cm","offer_id":39912950857770,"sku":"F80150","price":4.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/boite-a-gateau-avec-semelle-choisir-la-taille-fun-cakes-1.jpg?v=1772141205"},{"product_id":"boite-a-gateau-40x30x15cm","title":"Cake Box 40x30x15cm","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFunCakes Rectangular Cake Box — 40 x 30 x 15 cm (Single or Pack of 25)\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTransport your most ambitious creations with maximum security thanks to this \u003cstrong\u003elarge rectangular FunCakes cake box\u003c\/strong\u003e. Designed to offer robust protection and impeccable presentation, its \u003cstrong\u003egenerous 15 cm height\u003c\/strong\u003e effectively protects your decorations, sugar flowers, and fragile icings from any risk of crushing during transport or storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003ePatissland\u003c\/strong\u003e, this FunCakes box is available in \u003cstrong\u003e2 strategic packagings\u003c\/strong\u003e: individually for occasional orders, or in \u003cstrong\u003epacks of 25 boxes\u003c\/strong\u003e for event pastry chefs and caterers who want to optimize their stock and purchase price. \u003cstrong\u003eFunCakes\u003c\/strong\u003e is the Dutch reference brand in creative pastry in Europe, recognized for its standardized dimensions in metric format (40 x 30 cm = perfectly compatible with European cake boards and drums).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection aria-labelledby=\"format-title\" class=\"patissland-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"patissland-faq__title\" id=\"format-title\"\u003eWhy choose the FunCakes 40 x 30 cm size?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n\u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEuropean metric size 40 x 30 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dimensions \u003cstrong\u003e40 x 30 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e are THE European metric standard, perfectly compatible with: \u003cstrong\u003eEuropean cake boards and cake drums\u003c\/strong\u003e (usually sold in 40 cm sizes), \u003cstrong\u003estandard pastry frames\u003c\/strong\u003e in professional French pastry, \u003cstrong\u003erectangular baking trays\u003c\/strong\u003e (most are 40x30 cm). This full compatibility with the European metric system avoids incompatibility issues that American inch-based boxes may present.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n\u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e15 cm height to preserve your decorations\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003esignificant vertical space\u003c\/strong\u003e that allows for decorated cakes or medium-sized tiered cakes without any contact between the decorations and the lid. Ideal for: tall layer cakes (10-12 cm + high icing), entremets with large piping, cakes adorned with sugar paste flowers, creations with light toppers. Your most delicate decorations arrive intact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n\u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFunCakes Brand — the Dutch reference\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFunCakes is the Dutch brand specializing in creative pastry, present in Europe for over 20 years. Known for the \u003cstrong\u003econsistent quality\u003c\/strong\u003e of its products and its \u003cstrong\u003eecological commitment\u003c\/strong\u003e (FSC-certified cartons, vegetable-based inks). Quality standard used by professional pastry chefs in the Netherlands, Germany, Belgium, and France. Choosing FunCakes means ensuring packaging tested daily by thousands of professionals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n\u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-density rigid cardboard\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRigid white material that provides a \u003cstrong\u003eprotective barrier\u003c\/strong\u003e against external shocks, dust, and slight temperature variations. The density of FunCakes cardboard is calibrated to support the weight of family and event cakes (up to 4-5 kg) without bending or sagging. Fully compliant with European food standards for direct contact with your preparations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection aria-labelledby=\"conditionnements-title\" class=\"patissland-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"patissland-faq__title\" id=\"conditionnements-title\"\u003eChoosing between the single unit and the batch of 25\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n\u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSingle unit sale — for your occasional needs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIdeal for: \u003cstrong\u003eadvanced amateurs\u003c\/strong\u003e who occasionally make a large cake (birthday, family party), \u003cstrong\u003eindependent pastry chefs\u003c\/strong\u003e with a one-time order, \u003cstrong\u003equality tests\u003c\/strong\u003e before moving to the batch. No stock commitment, you buy only what you need. Convenient size to try the product before switching to the economical size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n\u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBatch of 25 boxes — economical for pros\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003esmart investment for professionals\u003c\/strong\u003e who regularly use this size. Benefits:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSignificantly reduced unit price\u003c\/strong\u003e compared to buying single units (economies of scale).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGuaranteed visual consistency\u003c\/strong\u003e: all boxes come from the same production batch (same white, same finish).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStock security\u003c\/strong\u003e: you will never risk running out on the big order day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompact storage\u003c\/strong\u003e: delivered flat in a single grouping carton, the batch of 25 takes up very little space in storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIdeal for: \u003cstrong\u003epastries\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eevent caterers\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003ecake designers\u003c\/strong\u003e who place 5+ orders\/month for this size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n\u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to choose between the two?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYou use this size less than 2 times a month\u003c\/strong\u003e → choose the single unit (no tied-up stock).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYou use this size 3+ times a month\u003c\/strong\u003e → the batch of 25 pays off in less than 8 months and prevents stockouts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYou are starting your business\u003c\/strong\u003e → start with 5-10 units to test, then move to the batch of 25 as soon as you confirm regular use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n\u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLong-term preservation of boxes in stock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFunCakes boxes delivered flat can be stored for \u003cstrong\u003eseveral years\u003c\/strong\u003e in their original packaging, in a dry place (humidity \u0026lt; 60%) and away from direct light. No cardboard degradation over time if stored properly. The pack of 25 can therefore be ordered without expiration concerns — it’s a durable investment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection aria-labelledby=\"usages-title\" class=\"patissland-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"patissland-faq__title\" id=\"usages-title\"\u003eUsage ideas\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n\u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLarge family entremets\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIdeal format for \u003cstrong\u003erectangular entremets\u003c\/strong\u003e serving 12-20 people: giant tiramisus, operas, rectangular strawberry cakes, square charlottes. The 15 cm height even accommodates very generous versions with decoration on top.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n\u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRectangular family pies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePerfect for homemade pies baked in a 40x30 cm pastry frame: seasonal fruit pies, chocolate pies, Parisian flan tart. The rectangular shape has become trendy for buffet presentations — easier to cut into even slices than round pies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n\u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNumber cakes and letters\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 40x30 cm format is perfect for most \u003cstrong\u003enumber cakes\u003c\/strong\u003e (number-shaped cakes for birthdays) and \u003cstrong\u003eletter cakes\u003c\/strong\u003e. Simple numbers (1, 7, 0) or double digits (10, 20, 30, 40, 50) fit comfortably within these dimensions, with room for peripheral floral decorations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n\u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSheet cakes and event cakes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIdeal for \u003cstrong\u003eAmerican sheet cakes\u003c\/strong\u003e (single-tier rectangular cakes for 20-30 people), single-tier wedding cakes, elaborately decorated children's birthday cakes, corporate cakes for seminars. A versatile format that covers most intermediate event needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n\u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMulti-dessert trays for buffet\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo carry and present a \u003cstrong\u003ecomposite tray\u003c\/strong\u003e (mini tarts, macarons, mini éclairs, verrines) on a 40x30 cm base. The 15 cm height accommodates short tiered presentations or large items like cream puffs. The perfect buffet format.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection aria-labelledby=\"utilisation-title\" class=\"patissland-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"patissland-faq__title\" id=\"utilisation-title\"\u003eInstructions for use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n\u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly in seconds\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSimple folding system\u003c\/strong\u003e without adhesive needed: 1\/ Unfold the box into a rectangle, 2\/ Fold the 4 vertical flaps along the pre-creases, 3\/ Slot the corners together using the integrated system, 4\/ Check the 90° angles, 5\/ Assemble the lid the same way. Assembly time: 10-15 seconds per box with a little practice. No tape required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n\u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlat storage — optimal space saving\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoxes \u003cstrong\u003edelivered unassembled\u003c\/strong\u003e to optimize your storage space in the kitchen or lab. The pack of 25 takes up very little volume in storage (equivalent to a 30x40x10 cm box approximately). Assemble only when needed to avoid cluttering your workspace.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n\u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCake stabilization in the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo prevent your cake from sliding during transport, use a \u003cstrong\u003ecake board or cake drum 40 x 30 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e that perfectly fits the box walls (European metric compatibility). The base thus secures your creation in all directions. For maximum safety on long trips, add a few dots of royal icing between the base and the cake, and between the base and the box bottom.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n\u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOptimal car transport\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the box on a \u003cstrong\u003enon-slip mat\u003c\/strong\u003e in the trunk (never on the passenger seat if the airbag is active). Always transport \u003cstrong\u003eflat\u003c\/strong\u003e, never tilted. Wedge the sides with cardboard or cushions to prevent sliding in turns. Gentle driving is essential: gradual braking, slow turns. For summer transports, provide a cooling device if the box contains a fragile dessert.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n\u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReuse possible with caution\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe FunCakes cardboard is \u003cstrong\u003edurable and can be reused several times\u003c\/strong\u003e if handled carefully and used with a protective layer (parchment paper between the box and the cake). For professionals delivering to professional clients, reuse is possible. For bakeries delivering to end customers, prefer new boxes for each order to ensure a consistently premium image.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection aria-labelledby=\"associes-title\" class=\"patissland-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"patissland-faq__title\" id=\"associes-title\"\u003eComplementary Patissland products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n\u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRectangular cake drums 40 x 30 cm (direct compatibility)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor internal stabilization of your cake in the box, use our \u003cstrong\u003e12 mm cake drums European size 40 x 30 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e which fit perfectly into this FunCakes box. 100% metric compatibility — this is the advantage of the European size versus inch-based boxes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n\u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRectangular silver bases (alternative finish)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you want a more premium finish for your client, the \u003cstrong\u003e4 mm rectangular silver bases\u003c\/strong\u003e from Patissland are used instead of the white cake drum. The silver shine enhances your event creations, especially suitable for prestigious weddings and birthdays.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n\u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSupport dowels for tiered cakes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you are assembling a wedding cake or tiered cake in this box, don’t forget the \u003cstrong\u003esupport dowels\u003c\/strong\u003e (Easy Cut Dowels PME plastic, or PME wooden dowels 30 cm pack of 12, or Wilton hollow dowels 32 cm) to stabilize the internal structure. The 15 cm box height accommodates modest tiered cakes but still requires a reliable support system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n\u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOther FunCakes and Azucren box sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePatissland offers a complete range of cake boxes in different sizes (square 20x20, 25x25, 30x30, 35x35, rectangular 40x30) and various brands (FunCakes, Azucren). For other sizes or compatibility with an American inch system (16x12 inch), also explore our Azucren boxes 40.6x30.4x15.2 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection aria-labelledby=\"faq-title\" class=\"patissland-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"patissland-faq__title\" id=\"faq-title\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n\u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to ensure the cake's stability inside the box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo prevent your cake from sliding during transport, we recommend using a \u003cstrong\u003ecake board or cake drum 40 x 30 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e. It will perfectly fit the box walls (European metric compatibility), securing your creation in all directions. For maximum safety, add a few dots of royal icing between the support and the box bottom to prevent any movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n\u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this box suitable for refrigeration storage?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, FunCakes cardboard is designed to withstand cold refrigerator temperatures without damage. However, be careful not to store the box in a highly humid environment for a long time (for example, a fridge heavily loaded with moist foods) to preserve the cardboard's rigidity over time. No problem for 24-48 hours of storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n\u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I stack these boxes during a large delivery?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThanks to its rigid cardboard structure, you can stack several boxes \u003cstrong\u003eprovided you follow these rules\u003c\/strong\u003e: 1\/ Place the heaviest box at the base of the stack, 2\/ Do not stack more than 3 boxes high in a row to avoid the base collapsing, 3\/ For fragile cakes, insert a rigid board between each box to distribute the weight. For professionals making multi-cake deliveries, these precautions are essential.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n\u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference with the Azucren 40.6 x 30.4 x 15.2 cm box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe two boxes are very close in external dimensions, but with important technical differences:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFunCakes (this sheet)\u003c\/strong\u003e: European metric format 40 x 30 x 15 cm, Dutch brand, available in 25-box packs for professionals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAzucren\u003c\/strong\u003e: American inch format 16 x 12 x 6 inch (= 40.6 x 30.4 x 15.2 cm metric), Spanish brand, sold only individually.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose FunCakes\u003c\/strong\u003e if you want perfect metric compatibility with your European cake boards, or if you want the economical 25-pack format. Choose Azucren for compatibility with an American system or for occasional single purchases.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n\u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the 25-pack delivered in a single carton?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the 25-pack of boxes is packed in a \u003cstrong\u003esingle compact grouping carton\u003c\/strong\u003e (the boxes are delivered flat). This makes receiving, storage, and logistics management easier. The grouping carton takes up about the equivalent space of one assembled box. Ideal for optimizing your storage space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n\u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the real savings between buying single units and the 25-pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe economies of scale on the 25-pack format are generally 25 to 35% off the unit price compared to individual purchase. For a bakery using 2-3 boxes per week in this format, the 25-pack pays off in 2-3 months maximum, and also guarantees stock security.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n\u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many times can a box be reused?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith careful use and the systematic use of parchment paper between the box and the cake, expect \u003cstrong\u003e2-3 reuses\u003c\/strong\u003e before the box shows signs of wear. For professionals delivering to shops, prefer a new box per order to ensure a premium image. For personal use (family transport), reuse is perfectly reasonable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n\u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs FunCakes an eco-friendly brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, FunCakes is committed to an eco-friendly approach: FSC-certified cartons (Forest Stewardship Council = sustainably managed forests), vegetable-based inks, optimized packaging to reduce the carbon footprint. This is an interesting selling point to highlight to your environmentally conscious customers, especially for eco-friendly weddings and green corporate events.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n  .patissland-faq {\n    margin: 2.5rem 0;\n    font-family: -apple-system, BlinkMacSystemFont, \"Segoe UI\", Roboto, sans-serif;\n    max-width: 100%;\n  }\n  .patissland-faq__title {\n    font-size: 1.5rem;\n    font-weight: 600;\n    margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\n    color: #2c1810;\n    border-bottom: 2px solid #8B4513;\n    padding-bottom: 0.5rem;\n  }\n  .patissland-faq__item {\n    border: 1px solid #e5e0d8;\n    border-radius: 8px;\n    margin-bottom: 0.75rem;\n    background: #fdfaf5;\n    overflow: hidden;\n    transition: box-shadow 0.2s ease;\n  }\n  .patissland-faq__item[open] {\n    box-shadow: 0 2px 8px rgba(139, 69, 19, 0.08);\n    border-color: #8B4513;\n  }\n  .patissland-faq__question {\n    padding: 1rem 1.25rem 1rem 2.5rem;\n    cursor: pointer;\n    font-size: 1rem;\n    color: #2c1810;\n    list-style: none;\n    position: relative;\n    padding-right: 2.5rem;\n    user-select: none;\n    transition: background-color 0.2s ease;\n  }\n  .patissland-faq__question strong { font-weight: 600; }\n  .patissland-faq__question:hover { background-color: #f5efe5; }\n  .patissland-faq__question::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n  .patissland-faq__question::marker { display: none; content: \"\"; }\n  .patissland-faq__question::before {\n    content: \"\";\n    position: absolute;\n    left: 1.1rem;\n    top: 50%;\n    width: 8px;\n    height: 8px;\n    border-right: 2px solid #8B4513;\n    border-bottom: 2px solid #8B4513;\n    transform: translateY(-70%) rotate(-45deg);\n    transition: transform 0.2s ease;\n  }\n  .patissland-faq__item[open] .patissland-faq__question::before {\n    transform: translateY(-30%) rotate(45deg);\n  }\n  .patissland-faq__question::after {\n    content: \"+\";\n    position: absolute;\n    right: 1.25rem;\n    top: 50%;\n    transform: translateY(-50%);\n    font-size: 1.5rem;\n    font-weight: 300;\n    color: #8B4513;\n    line-height: 1;\n  }\n  .patissland-faq__item[open] .patissland-faq__question::after { content: \"−\"; }\n  .patissland-faq__answer {\n    padding: 0 1.25rem 1.25rem 2.5rem;\n    color: #4a3c2e;\n    line-height: 1.65;\n    font-size: 0.95rem;\n  }\n  .patissland-faq__answer p { margin: 0 0 0.75rem 0; }\n  .patissland-faq__answer p:last-child { margin-bottom: 0; }\n  @media (max-width: 640px) {\n    .patissland-faq__title { font-size: 1.25rem; }\n    .patissland-faq__question { font-size: 0.95rem; padding: 0.875rem 1rem 0.875rem 2.25rem; padding-right: 2.25rem; }\n    .patissland-faq__answer { padding: 0 1rem 1rem 2.25rem; font-size: 0.9rem; }\n  }\n\u003c\/style\u003e","brand":"FUN CAKES","offers":[{"title":"1 box","offer_id":40237538902058,"sku":"F80205","price":3.21,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 boxes","offer_id":40237538934826,"sku":"F80135","price":59.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/boite-a-gateau-40x30x15cm-fun-cakes-1.jpg?v=1772141211"},{"product_id":"rouleau-demballage-petit-chat-70x200-cm","title":"Gift Wrap - Little Cat - 70x200 cm - NO SHIPPING: SOLD ONLY via Click and Collect","description":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eGift Wrap - 70x200 cm :\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product attribute description\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"value\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLittle Cat gift wrap, mix of patterns, height approx. 70 cm, length approx. 2 m.\u003cbr\u003e(1 pack \/ 2 pieces)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PARTY DECO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":40182008971306,"sku":"PAPZ8","price":2.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/papier-cadeau-petit-chat-70x200-cm-pas-d-expedition-vendu-uniquement-en-click-and-collect-party-deco-1.jpg?v=1772142723"},{"product_id":"papier-cadeau-feuilles-et-pois-70x200-cm","title":"Gift Wrap - Leaves and Dots - 70x200 cm - NO SHIPPING: SOLD ONLY via Click and Collect","description":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eGift Wrap - 70x200 cm :\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product attribute description\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"value\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGift wrap, pink with gold metallic pattern (leaves and dots), height approx. 70 cm, length approx. 2 m.\u003cbr\u003e(1 pack \/ 2 pieces)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PARTY DECO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":40182020800554,"sku":"PAPZ3-081-019M","price":2.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/papier-cadeau-feuilles-et-pois-70x200-cm-pas-d-expedition-vendu-uniquement-en-click-and-collect-party-deco-1.jpg?v=1772142728"},{"product_id":"boite-a-gateaux-avec-fenetre-26x26x30cm","title":"Cake Box with Window (choose size)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFunCakes Large Format Cake Box with Transparent Window, modular structure for wedding cakes and tiered cakes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePresent and transport your \u003cstrong\u003elarge pastry creations\u003c\/strong\u003e with elegance thanks to this FunCakes cake box, specifically designed for \u003cstrong\u003ewedding cakes, tiered cakes, and large decorated cakes\u003c\/strong\u003e. Its \u003cstrong\u003edesign with transparent window\u003c\/strong\u003e highlights your creations while effectively protecting them during transport. Its \u003cstrong\u003emodular structure\u003c\/strong\u003e (base, lid, and detachable top) facilitates both assembling the cake in the box and its final presentation at the client’s location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003ePatissland\u003c\/strong\u003e, this \u003cstrong\u003eFunCakes Large Format Box with window\u003c\/strong\u003e is one of the most requested event boxes by cake designers and caterers who create exceptional cakes. Unlike standard flat boxes 40×30×15 cm designed for closed cakes, this box with window is intended for \u003cstrong\u003ecreations meant to be seen\u003c\/strong\u003e, decorated wedding cakes, spectacular birthday cakes, corporate tiered cakes. The window allows the customer to see the cake without opening the box, a major asset for event deliveries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003csection class=\"patissland-faq\" aria-labelledby=\"caracteristiques-title\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2 id=\"caracteristiques-title\" class=\"patissland-faq__title\"\u003eDetailed technical specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTransparent window, visible presentation without opening\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003emajor asset\u003c\/strong\u003e of this box is its integrated transparent window. Concrete advantages:\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe customer can \u003cstrong\u003esee the cake without opening the box\u003c\/strong\u003e, ideal for deliveries where the visual surprise effect must be preserved until cutting\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEasy visual validation\u003c\/strong\u003e of the contents upon delivery without handling\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced presentation\u003c\/strong\u003e, the cake remains visible while waiting before service (on the head table, on the buffet, in front of guests)\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaintained protection\u003c\/strong\u003e, the window is made of rigid transparent material that protects against dust and light impacts while remaining visually clear\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDetachable modular structure\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThis box is made up of \u003cstrong\u003e3 detachable parts\u003c\/strong\u003e that assemble to form a complete box:\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBase with thick solid plate\u003c\/strong\u003e, which serves as a stable support for the cake during transport and presentation\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLid\u003c\/strong\u003e that forms the side structure and roof of the box\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDetachable top\u003c\/strong\u003e that removes for the final presentation, leaving the cake exposed on its base\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThis modularity offers unparalleled flexibility, closed box transport then presentation in \"open showcase\" mode on the reception buffet, without having to handle the cake itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSturdy base board for stability of heavy cakes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003ebase board is intentionally thick and sturdy\u003c\/strong\u003e, designed to support the weight of large decorated cakes (3-5 tier wedding cakes, assembled pieces loaded with sugar paste decorations, chocolate fountains). Unlike a simple standard box where the bottom deforms under heavy load, this reinforced board ensures the cake remains perfectly flat and stable throughout transport, even on rough roads or long journeys.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNotches and extended edges for ribbon attachment\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eA very clever detail, the \u003cstrong\u003eintegrated notches\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eextended edges\u003c\/strong\u003e allow you to hold a ribbon in place around the box without it slipping or moving during transport. You tie your ribbon (satin, organza, jute depending on the theme) through the notches, and the ribbon stays exactly where you positioned it. An elegant finishing touch that transforms a simple transport box into a neat gift presentation. Ideal for wedding cake orders where the visual matters as much as the content.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVelcro closures for easy assembly and disassembly\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003evelcro closures\u003c\/strong\u003e greatly simplify the work:\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eQuick assembly of the box around the cake (no complex folding to memorize)\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eDisassembly just as quick for the final presentation\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eReusable system, the velcro maintains its firmness over dozens of open\/close cycles\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eNo adhesive strips to stick and peel off (which leave marks and weaken the cardboard)\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThis convenience is appreciated by cake designers who prepare multiple orders per day, saving significant time on final assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCardboard safe for food contact\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe cardboard used is \u003cstrong\u003ecertified safe for direct food contact\u003c\/strong\u003e according to current European standards. You can place your cake directly on the base board without an interlayer (although most professionals use a cake drum under the cake to facilitate cutting and serving). No migration of substances to the food. Food safety guaranteed even for extended display times (several hours on the event table).\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReusable with simple maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe box is designed to be \u003cstrong\u003ecleaned and reused\u003c\/strong\u003e multiple times:\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eClean with a soft damp cloth to remove any traces (cream, edible glitter, crumbs)\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eNo immersion in water (the inner cardboard does not withstand prolonged moisture)\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eFlat storage, disassembled, in a dry place between uses\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eA well-maintained box can be used 3 to 5 times before showing visible signs of wear. Significant savings for cake designers who make several wedding cakes per month.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\n\u003csection class=\"patissland-faq\" aria-labelledby=\"difference-title\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2 id=\"difference-title\" class=\"patissland-faq__title\"\u003eThis box vs other Patissland cake boxes, which to choose?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to choose this FunCakes box with window\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eChoose \u003cstrong\u003ethis box with window\u003c\/strong\u003e for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDecorated wedding cakes\u003c\/strong\u003e where the visual must be preserved until serving time\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCenterpieces and exceptional cakes\u003c\/strong\u003e intended to be displayed on the head table or buffet\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEvent deliveries\u003c\/strong\u003e where the client must be able to visually check the contents without handling\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpectacular birthday cakes\u003c\/strong\u003e that deserve a showcase presentation\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShop bakery orders as \"gifts\"\u003c\/strong\u003e where careful presentation is part of the product\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to prefer the classic FunCakes 40×30×15 cm box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003ePrefer the \u003cstrong\u003eclassic closed FunCakes 40×30×15 cm box\u003c\/strong\u003e (without window) for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDaily batch production\u003c\/strong\u003e of relatively standard cakes (same-day shop orders)\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSimple transport\u003c\/strong\u003e where the visual does not need to be showcased during delivery\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCakes to be eaten immediately\u003c\/strong\u003e upon arrival (no wait between delivery and service)\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCost savings\u003c\/strong\u003e, closed boxes without window are generally more economical than versions with window\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eMany professionals own both models, closed for everyday use, with window for special events.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e28.5×42.5 cm caterer box for flat petit fours\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eFor \u003cstrong\u003eflat trays of petit fours\u003c\/strong\u003e (macarons, canapés, individual mini pastries, savory or sweet finger foods), a different category of box is needed, the 28.5×42.5×6 cm caterer box offered by Patissland. Flat format 6 cm high suitable for spread trays, instead of the minimum 15 cm height needed for a tiered cake. Do not confuse the two uses, petit fours on a flat tray vs whole cake stacked high.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\n\u003csection class=\"patissland-faq\" aria-labelledby=\"usages-title\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2 id=\"usages-title\" class=\"patissland-faq__title\"\u003eRecommended professional uses\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWedding cakes and wedding centerpieces\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eFlagship use of this box with window, the \u003cstrong\u003emulti-tier wedding cakes\u003c\/strong\u003e. The window allows the bride and groom and the caterer to visually check the cake upon arrival without unpacking. During the wait before serving (often several hours between delivery and cutting), the cake remains protected while being visible to guests, creating positive anticipation around the centerpiece of the reception. Large size suitable for classic 2-4 tier wedding cakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePrestige birthdays and family events\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eFor \u003cstrong\u003eprestige birthdays\u003c\/strong\u003e (60, 70, 80 years), \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-end baptisms\u003c\/strong\u003e, and \u003cstrong\u003ecommunions\u003c\/strong\u003e, this box gives a solemn dimension to the cake delivery. The client immediately perceives the quality of service, neat presentation, visible cake, professional structure. A strong differentiator for pastry chefs who want to position themselves in the high-end segment and impress their clientele with impeccable finishing care.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCorporate orders and company events\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eFor \u003cstrong\u003ecorporate orders\u003c\/strong\u003e (product launches, company anniversaries, year-end parties, client events), the windowed box is a quality signal that reassures clients. The cake delivered in this box projects a professional, polished image attentive to details, exactly the values companies want to convey at their events. A minimal investment that enhances the entire service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShop window display and premium takeout\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eSome \u003cstrong\u003eboutique pastry chefs\u003c\/strong\u003e display their pre-ordered cakes in this box directly in the shop window, so the client sees the visually approved cake, ready to take away without handling. A very trendy \"concept store\" effect that highlights both the pastry and the service. These boxes can remain on display for several hours without affecting the cake (provided the cold chain is respected with refrigerated display boxes).\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional photography and social media content\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eFor \u003cstrong\u003ecake designers active on social media\u003c\/strong\u003e, this box is an excellent visual support for content, \"before delivery\" photos showing the cake in its windowed box (very Instagram-friendly), delivery videos highlighting the presentation, portfolio photo sessions. Potential clients who see this content immediately understand the level of care given to each order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\n\u003csection class=\"patissland-faq\" aria-labelledby=\"associes-title\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2 id=\"associes-title\" class=\"patissland-faq__title\"\u003ePatissland complementary products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSilver or white 12 mm cake drum under the cake\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003ePlace your cake on a \u003cstrong\u003e12 mm rigid cake drum\u003c\/strong\u003e BEFORE putting it in the box. The drum offers several advantages: complete visual presentation (the cake \"elegantly floats\" on its base), easier cutting (you lift the cake with its drum without touching the box base), simplified transport (handle the drum rather than the cake directly). Patissland offers a silver drum for weddings and formal events, and a white drum for contemporary cake design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSatin ribbons for customization\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eTo take advantage of the \u003cstrong\u003eintegrated ribbon fastening notches\u003c\/strong\u003e, choose a quality satin ribbon in the event theme color: ivory white for classic weddings, gold for year-end parties, powder pink for baby girl baptisms, navy blue for corporate events. Patissland stocks several widths and colors of cake design ribbons. A ribbon across the box transforms a technical package into a premium gift presentation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClosed cake boxes for standard uses\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eFor \u003cstrong\u003emore standard orders without the need for a window\u003c\/strong\u003e, Patissland offers the \u003cstrong\u003eclassic FunCakes box 40×30×15 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e (without window, European metric size) and the \u003cstrong\u003eAzucren box 40.6×30.4×15.2 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e (US inch size 16×12×6 for international cake designers). These two models cover everyday transport needs without special visual enhancement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSupport rods for multi-tiered cakes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eIf you are transporting a \u003cstrong\u003emulti-tiered cake\u003c\/strong\u003e in this box, you have probably used internal support rods to stabilize the structure. Patissland offers several options: PME wooden rods 30 cm pack of 12, Wilton hollow rods 32 cm, Décora sticks 16 and 30 cm, Easy Cut PME plastic rods. The choice depends on the complexity of the assembly and the number of tiers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCake dummies for fake wedding cakes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eFor \u003cstrong\u003efake wedding cakes\u003c\/strong\u003e intended for display or photo shoots, Patissland offers polystyrene cake dummies in various diameters. Stacked as tiered cakes and transported in this FunCakes box with window, they allow you to showcase your cake design skills without food preservation constraints. Ideal for shop window displays or trade show demonstrations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInsulated delivery bags for long trips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eFor \u003cstrong\u003elong-distance deliveries or hot weather\u003c\/strong\u003e, complete the box with an insulated bag that maintains the cake's temperature during transport. Important for wedding cakes with whipped ganache or buttercream, which are sensitive to heat. Patissland offers several sizes of insulated bags compatible with large format boxes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\n\u003csection class=\"patissland-faq\" aria-labelledby=\"faq-title\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2 id=\"faq-title\" class=\"patissland-faq__title\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the ribbon included with the box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eNo, the ribbon is not included, the box is delivered plain with its notches and extended edges ready to receive a ribbon of your choice. This allows each user to choose the ribbon that exactly matches the event theme (color, width, material). Patissland offers a range of cake design ribbons in various widths and colors if you want to complete your order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the window really transparent or semi-translucent?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe window is \u003cstrong\u003eperfectly transparent\u003c\/strong\u003e, you see the cake in its true visual reality without color distortion or blur. This allows genuine visual validation (colors, finishes, decorations) that wouldn’t be possible with a semi-translucent window that blurs the contents. Transparency is a strong commercial asset; a customer who clearly sees their cake through the window is a confident and satisfied customer from delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the box properly protect the cake during transport?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eYes, the \u003cstrong\u003erigid structure\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003esolid base plate\u003c\/strong\u003e effectively protect against moderate shocks during vehicle transport. For rough trips or very bumpy roads, drive carefully and avoid sudden braking. The transparent window remains protected by its own rigidity, but avoid placing objects on it during transport. For very long or difficult transports, add an insulated bag for an extra layer of protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the box hold very heavy cakes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eYes, the solid base plate is designed to support the weight of large decorated cakes. For very massive wedding cakes (5 tiers covered in sugar paste, over 8 kg total), an extra precaution is to double the base with a 12 mm cake drum placed directly on the box’s plate. This distributes the weight over a larger surface and protects the base from any long-term deformation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do you show the cake to the customer at delivery?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eSeveral options depending on the delivery context:\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuick delivery\u003c\/strong\u003e, the customer can already see the cake through the transparent window without opening the box, immediate visual confirmation\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced presentation\u003c\/strong\u003e, remove the detachable top to fully reveal the cake, ideal for buffets or head tables\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eComplete disassembly\u003c\/strong\u003e, remove all modules to present the cake on the base plate alone, perfect at serving time\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThis flexibility is one of the major advantages of the modular structure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many times can this box be reused?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eWith careful maintenance (cleaning with a damp cloth, flat storage when disassembled, careful handling), expect \u003cstrong\u003e3 to 5 uses\u003c\/strong\u003e before replacement. Factors that wear the box include repeated handling of the velcro, impacts on the corners, and residual moisture if washed too often. For strictly end-customer use, many professionals consider the box single-use to preserve brand image (the customer always receives a new, flawless box).\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to clean between uses?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003e1. Completely disassemble the box (bottom, lid, separate top)\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003e2. Use a \u003cstrong\u003esoft, slightly damp cloth\u003c\/strong\u003e with a drop of mild soap on surfaces that need it\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003e3. Wipe immediately with a second dry cloth\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003e4. Let dry completely in open air before reassembling and storing\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNever immerse\u003c\/strong\u003e in water, as the cardboard would lose its rigidity. Avoid abrasive sponges that would scratch the transparent window.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the box be refrigerated with the cake inside?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eYes, the box perfectly withstands refrigerator temperatures (0°C to 6°C). Common practice for professionals: assemble the cake in the box the day before the event, store the whole in the fridge overnight, and deliver the next morning without additional handling of the cake. The cold limits moisture absorption by the cardboard and preserves the freshness of sensitive preparations (ganaches, buttercreams, mousses). No prolonged freezing (possible weakening of the cardboard and window).\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to store unused boxes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eStore the boxes \u003cstrong\u003edisassembled and flat\u003c\/strong\u003e in a dry, temperate place (relative humidity below 60%), away from direct sunlight and heat. A stack of disassembled boxes takes up very little space and allows compact storage. Avoid compressing them under heavy objects, which could deform the parts over time. Properly stored, the boxes remain usable for several years without visible deterioration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for courier or platform deliveries?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eYes, the structure's rigidity allows transport by two-wheelers (bike, scooter) provided the box is securely fixed on the luggage rack or inside a rigid delivery bag. The transparent window offers a strong commercial advantage: the final customer receiving their order sees it immediately through the window without having to open it, enhancing the customer experience for pastry chefs active on food delivery platforms. Important: accompany with an insulated bag for trips longer than 30 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-faq__item\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary class=\"patissland-faq__question\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre multiple sizes available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-faq__answer\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eYes, this FunCakes Large Format box with window is generally available in several sizes suitable for different wedding cake and tiered cake formats. Check the product sheet to see the currently offered dimensions and choose the one that fits your project. For a classic 3-tier wedding cake, plan for a size that exceeds the cake's height by 5 cm and the maximum diameter (bottom tier) by 3-4 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n  .patissland-faq {\n    margin: 2.5rem 0;\n    font-family: -apple-system, BlinkMacSystemFont, \"Segoe UI\", Roboto, sans-serif;\n    max-width: 100%;\n  }\n  .patissland-faq__title {\n    font-size: 1.5rem;\n    font-weight: 600;\n    margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\n    color: #2c1810;\n    border-bottom: 2px solid #8B4513;\n    padding-bottom: 0.5rem;\n  }\n  .patissland-faq__item {\n    border: 1px solid #e5e0d8;\n    border-radius: 8px;\n    margin-bottom: 0.75rem;\n    background: #fdfaf5;\n    overflow: hidden;\n    transition: box-shadow 0.2s ease;\n  }\n  .patissland-faq__item[open] {\n    box-shadow: 0 2px 8px rgba(139, 69, 19, 0.08);\n    border-color: #8B4513;\n  }\n  .patissland-faq__question {\n    padding: 1rem 1.25rem 1rem 2.5rem;\n    cursor: pointer;\n    font-size: 1rem;\n    color: #2c1810;\n    list-style: none;\n    position: relative;\n    padding-right: 2.5rem;\n    user-select: none;\n    transition: background-color 0.2s ease;\n  }\n  .patissland-faq__question strong { font-weight: 600; }\n  .patissland-faq__question:hover { background-color: #f5efe5; }\n  .patissland-faq__question::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n  .patissland-faq__question::marker { display: none; content: \"\"; }\n  .patissland-faq__question::before {\n    content: \"\";\n    position: absolute;\n    left: 1.1rem;\n    top: 50%;\n    width: 8px;\n    height: 8px;\n    border-right: 2px solid #8B4513;\n    border-bottom: 2px solid #8B4513;\n    transform: translateY(-70%) rotate(-45deg);\n    transition: transform 0.2s ease;\n  }\n  .patissland-faq__item[open] .patissland-faq__question::before {\n    transform: translateY(-30%) rotate(45deg);\n  }\n  .patissland-faq__question::after {\n    content: \"+\";\n    position: absolute;\n    right: 1.25rem;\n    top: 50%;\n    transform: translateY(-50%);\n    font-size: 1.5rem;\n    font-weight: 300;\n    color: #8B4513;\n    line-height: 1;\n  }\n  .patissland-faq__item[open] .patissland-faq__question::after { content: \"−\"; }\n  .patissland-faq__answer {\n    padding: 0 1.25rem 1.25rem 2.5rem;\n    color: #4a3c2e;\n    line-height: 1.65;\n    font-size: 0.95rem;\n  }\n  .patissland-faq__answer p { margin: 0 0 0.75rem 0; }\n  .patissland-faq__answer p:last-child { margin-bottom: 0; }\n  @media (max-width: 640px) {\n    .patissland-faq__title { font-size: 1.25rem; }\n    .patissland-faq__question { font-size: 0.95rem; padding: 0.875rem 1rem 0.875rem 2.25rem; padding-right: 2.25rem; }\n    .patissland-faq__answer { padding: 0 1rem 1rem 2.25rem; font-size: 0.9rem; }\n  }\n\u003c\/style\u003e","brand":"FUN CAKES","offers":[{"title":"21x21x23.5cm","offer_id":47236052386131,"sku":"F83300","price":5.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"26x26xH30cm","offer_id":46625766277459,"sku":"F83305","price":6.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"30x30xH35cm","offer_id":46625766310227,"sku":"F83310","price":8.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"35x35xH40cm","offer_id":46625798553939,"sku":"F83315","price":10.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40x40xH45cm","offer_id":46625802092883,"sku":"F83320","price":12.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/boite-a-gateaux-avec-fenetre-choisir-la-taille-fun-cakes-1.jpg?v=1772145602"},{"product_id":"boite-doree-hauteur-35cm-dimension-au-choix","title":"Tall Golden Box (size of your choice)","description":"\u003ch2\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e \u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e Large Cake Box with Window\u003c\/span\u003e:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis sturdy large cake box from FunCakes is ideal for transporting bulky and decorated cakes, such as wedding cakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cake box is easy to assemble thanks to its velcro closures. Additionally, it consists of a detachable base and a detachable lid, allowing the cake to be easily placed inside.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith normal use, this cake box is reusable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElegant and stylish cake box with window\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerfect for large cakes with taller decorations and toppers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSolid and thick base plate for better stability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe box comes in 3 separate pieces: the base and the lid, making it easier to insert the cake without smudges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 built-in notches and extended edges allow a ribbon to be securely fastened and prevent it from slipping during transport for better safety\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable and reusable multiple times. With proper care, they can be cleaned and reused, offering excellent value for money and convenience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: selectable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContents: 1 piece\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"FUN CAKES","offers":[{"title":"21x21xH23cm","offer_id":46625821163859,"sku":"F83340","price":5.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"26x26xH29cm","offer_id":46602439459155,"sku":"F83345","price":6.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"30x30xH35cm","offer_id":46602439491923,"sku":"F83350","price":7.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/boite-doree-haute-dimension-au-choix-fun-cakes-1.jpg?v=1772145969"},{"product_id":"boite-a-gateau-crystal-15cm","title":"Cake Box - Crystal 15cm - PME Cake","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: 'Montserrat', Arial, sans-serif; color: #444444; background-color: #faf7f0; padding: 20px; border-radius: 8px;\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center; padding: 28px 20px 24px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-bottom: 2px solid #b98b35; background-color: transparent;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #b98b35; font-size: 13px; font-weight: 500; letter-spacing: 4px; text-transform: uppercase; margin: 0 0 12px 0;\"\u003ePME Cake\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 22px; font-weight: 600; margin: 0 0 6px 0; line-height: 1.3;\"\u003eCake Box - Crystal 15cm - PME Cake\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a7a55; font-size: 13px; font-style: italic; margin: 0; letter-spacing: 1px;\"\u003ePME Cake (United Kingdom): cake box for professional decorative pastry\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"margin-bottom: 25px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThe Cake Box - Crystal 15cm - PME Cake is a cake design accessory made by PME Cake, a leading British brand for decorative baking tools and food cutters. Designed for cake boxes, it is intended for professional bakers, cake designers, and advanced hobbyists.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaterial: food-grade cardboard. Compatible with: sugar paste, gum paste, marzipan. A reference tool for professional cake design, to include in your pastry decorator’s toolkit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eTechnical features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b2b2b;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e PME Cake (Premier Manufacturing, United Kingdom)\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e cake box\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e food-grade cardboard\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e professional or advanced amateur in cake design\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eRecommended applications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCake transport:\u003c\/strong\u003e protection and presentation for cake designers and pastry shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eWedding cake delivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e packaging adapted for secure transport of large cakes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eEvent cupcakes:\u003c\/strong\u003e compartmentalized boxes for transport and presentation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eDecorated gift cookies:\u003c\/strong\u003e neat packaging for royal icing cookie sales.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003ePastry shop:\u003c\/strong\u003e professional packaging for takeout sales.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePatissland Tip for Cake Box - Crystal 15cm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0;\"\u003eTo preserve the freshness of your cakes, store them in the box at room temperature (15-20°C), avoiding the refrigerator which dries out sugar paste. PME Cake is suitable for transport and delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0; padding-left: 18px; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eBrand: PME Cake\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eOrigin: United Kingdom\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eCategory: Cake box\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eMaterial: food-grade cardboard\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #faf4e5; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; border-radius: 8px; padding: 18px 22px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #8a6624; font-size: 16px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10px; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eTo go further\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #444444; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-size: 14px;\"\u003eComplete your PME cake design equipment:\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eRestock with \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/extension-de-boite\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eother PME box sizes\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eAnd for assembly, add \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/cake-drum-rond-blanc-choisir-la-taille\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003ea cake drum support\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eAnd find the entire \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/pme\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003ePME Cake brand\u003c\/a\u003e on Patissland.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PME Cake","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46715114684755,"sku":"CCB06","price":5.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/boite-a-gateau-crystal-15cm-pme-1.jpg?v=1772146318"},{"product_id":"10-boites-bento-cake-15x15cm","title":"10 Bento Cake Boxes 15x15cm","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n.patissland-product{font-family:'Helvetica Neue',Arial,sans-serif;color:#2a2419;line-height:1.7;width:100%;max-width:1200px;margin:0 auto;box-sizing:border-box}\n.patissland-product *{box-sizing:border-box}\n.patissland-product .pl-intro{background:linear-gradient(135deg,#fdfaf5 0%,#eadfcb 100%);padding:24px 28px;border-radius:14px;border-left:5px solid #b98b35;margin:0 0 28px;box-shadow:0 2px 12px rgba(185,139,53,.08)}\n.patissland-product .pl-intro p{margin:0;font-size:16px;color:#2a2419}\n.patissland-product .pl-intro strong{color:#b98b35}\n.patissland-product h2.pl-h2{color:#b98b35;font-size:22px;font-weight:700;margin:32px 0 18px;padding-bottom:10px;border-bottom:2px solid #d7b36a;display:flex;align-items:center;gap:10px}\n.patissland-product .pl-grid{display:grid;grid-template-columns:repeat(3,1fr);gap:14px;margin:18px 0}\n.patissland-product .pl-card{background:#fdfaf5;border:1px solid #eadfcb;border-radius:10px;padding:16px;transition:.2s}\n.patissland-product .pl-card:hover{border-color:#d7b36a;box-shadow:0 2px 10px rgba(185,139,53,.12)}\n.patissland-product .pl-card strong{color:#b98b35;display:block;font-size:14px;text-transform:uppercase;letter-spacing:.5px;margin-bottom:6px}\n.patissland-product .pl-card span{font-size:15px;color:#2a2419}\n.patissland-product .patissland-accordion{background:#fdfaf5;border:1px solid #eadfcb;border-radius:10px;margin:10px 0;overflow:hidden;transition:.2s}\n.patissland-product .patissland-accordion[open]{border-color:#d7b36a;box-shadow:0 2px 12px rgba(185,139,53,.1)}\n.patissland-product .patissland-accordion summary{padding:16px 20px;cursor:pointer;font-weight:600;color:#2a2419;font-size:15px;list-style:none;display:flex;justify-content:space-between;align-items:center;transition:.2s}\n.patissland-product .patissland-accordion summary::-webkit-details-marker{display:none}\n.patissland-product .patissland-accordion summary:hover{background:#eadfcb}\n.patissland-product .patissland-accordion summary::after{content:\"+\";color:#b98b35;font-size:24px;font-weight:300;transition:.2s}\n.patissland-product .patissland-accordion[open] summary::after{content:\"−\"}\n.patissland-product .patissland-accordion summary strong{color:#2a2419}\n.patissland-product .patissland-accordion[open] summary{background:#eadfcb;color:#b98b35}\n.patissland-product .patissland-accordion .pl-acc-body{padding:18px 22px;background:#fff;border-top:1px solid #eadfcb}\n.patissland-product .patissland-accordion .pl-acc-body p{margin:0 0 12px}\n.patissland-product .patissland-accordion .pl-acc-body p:last-child{margin-bottom:0}\n.patissland-product .patissland-accordion .pl-acc-body ul{margin:8px 0;padding-left:22px}\n.patissland-product .patissland-accordion .pl-acc-body li{margin:6px 0}\n.patissland-product a.pl-link{color:#b98b35;text-decoration:none;font-weight:600;border-bottom:1px solid #d7b36a;transition:.2s}\n.patissland-product a.pl-link:hover{color:#9a7220;border-bottom-color:#9a7220}\n.patissland-product .pl-tip{background:linear-gradient(135deg,#fdfaf5 0%,#eadfcb 50%);padding:18px 22px;border-radius:10px;margin:18px 0;border-left:4px solid #b98b35}\n.patissland-product .pl-tip strong{color:#b98b35}\n.patissland-product .pl-table{width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;margin:14px 0;background:#fff;border-radius:10px;overflow:hidden;box-shadow:0 1px 6px rgba(0,0,0,.04)}\n.patissland-product .pl-table th{background:#b98b35;color:#fff;padding:12px 14px;text-align:left;font-weight:600;font-size:14px}\n.patissland-product .pl-table td{padding:11px 14px;border-bottom:1px solid #eadfcb;font-size:14px}\n.patissland-product .pl-table tr:last-child td{border-bottom:none}\n.patissland-product .pl-table tr:nth-child(even) td{background:#fdfaf5}\n@media(max-width:768px){.patissland-product .pl-grid{grid-template-columns:1fr}.patissland-product h2.pl-h2{font-size:19px}}\n@media(min-width:769px) and (max-width:1024px){.patissland-product .pl-grid{grid-template-columns:repeat(2,1fr)}}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"patissland-product\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl-intro\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eFunCakes White Bento Cake Boxes 15 × 15 cm (pack of 10)\u003c\/strong\u003e are the signature packaging for cake designers and professional pastry chefs who create \u003cstrong\u003eindividual mini cakes\u003c\/strong\u003e in a strictly personal format. The compact \u003cstrong\u003e15 × 15 cm square\u003c\/strong\u003e size is designed to hold a \u003cstrong\u003eround Ø 10 cm or square 10 × 10 cm cake\u003c\/strong\u003e, the ideal portion for \u003cstrong\u003eone person\u003c\/strong\u003e. This mini-individual size corresponds to the \u003cstrong\u003eoriginal Korean Bento Cake format\u003c\/strong\u003e, created for intimate solo tasting, often personalized with a handwritten message. Packaged in a \u003cstrong\u003epack of 10 boxes\u003c\/strong\u003e made of \u003cstrong\u003ewhite food-safe cardboard\u003c\/strong\u003e, quick assembly for continuous-flow workshops. Ideal for pastry chefs specializing in mini portions, individualized event orders, and shops wanting to offer a snack format to serve.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"pl-h2\"\u003eIn a few words\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl-grid\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl-card\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFunCakes (Netherlands)\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl-card\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOuter format\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e15 × 15 cm (square)\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl-card\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCake capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eØ 10 cm round or 10 × 10 cm square\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl-card\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePack of 10 boxes\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl-card\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eneutral\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl-card\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFood-safe cardboard\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"pl-h2\"\u003eDetailed information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails open=\"\" class=\"patissland-accordion\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy choose these mini 15 × 15 cm Bento boxes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eFunCakes Bento Boxes 15 × 15 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e stand out with 6 advantages that make them the reference for pastry chefs specializing in individual mini portions:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStrict mini-individual format for 1 person\u003c\/strong\u003e: designed to hold only a Ø 10 cm cake, the exact portion for \u003cstrong\u003esolo tasting\u003c\/strong\u003e. Original format of the Korean Bento Cake, created for personalized messages and intimate gifts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePerfectly square shape 15 × 15 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e: elegant symmetrical design, especially suited for \u003cstrong\u003edesigner square cakes\u003c\/strong\u003e and balanced visual compositions with centered handwritten messages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack of 10 boxes\u003c\/strong\u003e: packaging suited for \u003cstrong\u003eevent productions\u003c\/strong\u003e (class birthday, baby shower, company team) where each guest receives their own personalized mini cake\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNeutral cardboard\u003c\/strong\u003e: blank surface ideal for \u003cstrong\u003elater customization\u003c\/strong\u003e (stickers, workshop stamps, handwritten labels, compact-format Polaroid photos)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFood-safe cardboard\u003c\/strong\u003e: regulatory compliance for direct contact with pastries, or with parchment paper as an interlayer according to your workshop preferences\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuick assembly\u003c\/strong\u003e: folds together in seconds, flat-packed on arrival to optimize workshop storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo explore the full range of cake boxes and Bento formats, see the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/boites-a-gateaux\" class=\"pl-link\"\u003ePatissland Cake Boxes collection\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"patissland-accordion\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDetailed technical specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pl-table\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFunCakes (Netherlands)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMini cake Bento box format\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOuter format\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 × 15 cm (square)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRound cake capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum diameter 10 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare cake capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum 10 × 10 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePackaging\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePack of 10 boxes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eneutral\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFood contact safe cardboard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eParchment paper recommended as an interlayer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlat (quick folding on arrival)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFunCakes Netherlands design\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"patissland-accordion\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifferentiation: Bento 15 × 15 cm vs Bento 20.8 × 22.1 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFunCakes offers \u003cstrong\u003etwo main formats\u003c\/strong\u003e of white Bento Cake boxes, each suited to a specific use. Here is how to position this \u003cstrong\u003emini 15 × 15 cm format\u003c\/strong\u003e compared to the \u003cstrong\u003estandard 20.8 × 22.1 cm format\u003c\/strong\u003e:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pl-table\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCriterion\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBento 15 × 15 cm (this product)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBento 20.8 × 22.1 cm\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOuter format\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e15 × 15 cm square\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20.8 × 22.1 cm rectangular\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCake capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eØ 10 cm or square 10 × 10 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarger standard cake\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eServed portions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1 person (strict mini individual)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 to 2 people (standard Bento)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShape\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePerfectly square\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRather elongated rectangular\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePreferred use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePersonal intimate gift, handwritten declaration, individual sweet treat\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBento to share, two-person birthday, group tasting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAuthenticity of Korean Bento\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAuthentic original Korean format\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWider format adapted to the European market\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSelection criteria Bento 15 × 15 cm:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended\u003c\/strong\u003e for \u003cstrong\u003epersonalized individual orders\u003c\/strong\u003e where each guest receives their mini cake with their name or a dedicated message (class birthdays, baby showers, corporate teams)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended\u003c\/strong\u003e for \u003cstrong\u003eValentine's Day love declarations\u003c\/strong\u003e in an intimate format, with a handwritten message centered on the Ø 10 cm cake\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended\u003c\/strong\u003e for \u003cstrong\u003epastry snack shops\u003c\/strong\u003e that want to offer a mini cake to go for a single serving, an alternative to classic individual pastries\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended\u003c\/strong\u003e for \u003cstrong\u003ecake designers specializing in mini portions\u003c\/strong\u003e targeting the authentic Korean \"kawaii\" trend\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor \u003cstrong\u003eBentos to share between two\u003c\/strong\u003e or for tasting as a couple, choose the more generous \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/10-boites-a-bento-cake-21x22cm\" class=\"pl-link\"\u003eBento 20.8 × 22.1 cm\u003c\/a\u003e format. Both formats complement each other in a versatile workshop handling both individual and duo orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"patissland-accordion\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe authenticity of the Korean Bento Cake 15 × 15 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBento Cake\u003c\/strong\u003e is a pastry trend originating from \u003cstrong\u003eSouth Korea\u003c\/strong\u003e, popularized from 2020 on social media (Instagram, TikTok). The concept is precise: an \u003cstrong\u003eindividual mini cake\u003c\/strong\u003e for one person, presented in a \u003cstrong\u003ecompact box reminiscent of Japanese bento boxes\u003c\/strong\u003e, personalized with a \u003cstrong\u003eshort handwritten message\u003c\/strong\u003e in royal icing on top of the cake.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCharacteristics of the authentic Korean Bento Cake:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStrict single-person format\u003c\/strong\u003e: Ø 10 cm or square 10 × 10 cm, about 100 to 150 g of finished cake\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact square box\u003c\/strong\u003e: 15 × 15 cm, original format corresponding to traditional Japanese bento boxes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSubtle color\u003c\/strong\u003e: white, beige, or pastel, to highlight the colored cake or handwritten message\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShort handwritten message\u003c\/strong\u003e: \"Happy Birthday\", \"I love you\", recipient's initials, or stylized Korean expression\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMinimalist decoration\u003c\/strong\u003e: 1 to 3 cream flowers, light piping on the edge, just the centered message as the main graphic element\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePremium flavors\u003c\/strong\u003e: matcha, taro, ube (purple yam), pistachio, raspberry, coffee, vanilla, consistent with contemporary Asian tastes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl-tip\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommercial trend:\u003c\/strong\u003e the Bento Cake mini has become a \u003cstrong\u003esignature product\u003c\/strong\u003e of many Asian bakeries in France and Europe since 2022. Format especially suited for Instagram sales, urban courier deliveries, and personalized gifts at an affordable price. The 15 × 15 cm size is the \u003cstrong\u003ereference\u003c\/strong\u003e format for this commercial signature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"patissland-accordion\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePreferred professional applications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e15 × 15 cm Bento Boxes\u003c\/strong\u003e cover 7 major categories of professional uses:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEvent customization:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClass or community birthdays\u003c\/strong\u003e: a personalized mini cake for each child, with their name and age in royal icing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBaby showers and gender reveals\u003c\/strong\u003e: 10 boxes for 10 guests, each receiving their pink or blue mini cake as a signature of the event\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorporate teams and team building\u003c\/strong\u003e: B2B orders where each employee receives their mini cake with the company logo or colors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeddings and engagements\u003c\/strong\u003e: an alternative to monumental cakes, where each guest receives a mini cake personalized with their name (memorable card)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePersonal and romantic gifts:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eValentine's Day declarations\u003c\/strong\u003e: heart-shaped mini cake with intimate messages like \"I love you\", \"Will you marry me?\", \"Will you be my valentine?\" in handwritten icing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndividual birthday gifts\u003c\/strong\u003e: an alternative to traditional cards, the Bento mini cake becomes the central gift with a photographic presentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShop and snacking:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTakeaway snacking pastries\u003c\/strong\u003e: signature shop product for solo customers looking for a mini cake to enjoy on-site or to take away\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor \u003cstrong\u003eBento for 2 people\u003c\/strong\u003e or shared tastings, complete your offer with the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/10-boites-a-bento-cake-21x22cm\" class=\"pl-link\"\u003eBento 20.8 × 22.1 cm\u003c\/a\u003e format to meet all your customers' requests.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"patissland-accordion\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to optimize the Bento 15 × 15 cm presentation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePresentation is crucial for the commercial success of the Bento Cake. Here are the best practices validated by specialized pastry chefs:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col style=\"padding-left: 22px; margin: 8px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin: 8px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCake centering\u003c\/strong\u003e: position the Ø 10 cm cake \u003cstrong\u003eexactly in the center\u003c\/strong\u003e of the 15 × 15 cm box, creating a 2.5 cm margin all around. This symmetry is essential for the signature visual effect of the Bento\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin: 8px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eParchment paper interposition\u003c\/strong\u003e: always place a \u003cstrong\u003eparchment paper\u003c\/strong\u003e disc between the cake and the bottom of the box to avoid residual moisture and ensure impeccable presentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin: 8px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCentered and readable message\u003c\/strong\u003e: for the handwritten royal icing message, allow \u003cstrong\u003ea maximum of 2 to 3 short words\u003c\/strong\u003e centered on the top surface of the Ø 10 cm cake. \"Happy birthday\", \"I love you\", \"Bonne fête\" are classic approved messages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin: 8px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMinimalist decoration\u003c\/strong\u003e: 1 to 3 decorative elements maximum (sugar flowers, pearls, sugar paste petals). The mini format does not support heavy decoration, unlike larger cakes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin: 8px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean closure\u003c\/strong\u003e: ensure the lid closes perfectly without crushing the cake. The top of the cake should leave \u003cstrong\u003e1 cm of clearance\u003c\/strong\u003e with the box lid\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin: 8px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExterior customization\u003c\/strong\u003e: optionally add a \u003cstrong\u003ecustom sticker\u003c\/strong\u003e, a \u003cstrong\u003eworkshop stamp\u003c\/strong\u003e, a \u003cstrong\u003eribbon\u003c\/strong\u003e, or a \u003cstrong\u003ehandwritten label\u003c\/strong\u003e on the lid to personalize each box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl-tip\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstagram-ready tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e for optimal photos on social media, open the lid at 90° and photograph vertically from above the cake. The 15 × 15 cm square format is ideally suited for \u003cstrong\u003eInstagram posts in 1:1 square format\u003c\/strong\u003e, which maximizes visual engagement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"patissland-accordion\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility with parchment paper and accessories\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo optimize the use of the Bento 15 × 15 cm box, several complementary accessories are available at Patissland:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSquare parchment paper\u003c\/strong\u003e: disc or square cut to 14 × 14 cm for placing between the cake and the bottom of the box. Hygiene and presentation preserved\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCustom labels\u003c\/strong\u003e: stickers or cards slipped into the box with the recipient's name, message, or event date\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreshness sachets\u003c\/strong\u003e: optional for extended transport (home delivery by courier), to be placed inside the box if needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransport bags\u003c\/strong\u003e: cardboard or kraft bags to carry several Bento boxes at once (up to 4-6 boxes stacked vertically)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePresentation trays\u003c\/strong\u003e: for event orders where several Bento boxes are displayed simultaneously on a reception table\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo explore the full range of \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/emballages-patisserie\" class=\"pl-link\"\u003epastry packaging\u003c\/a\u003e and transport accessories, check out the complete Patissland collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"patissland-accordion\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions for professionals\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size cake can fit in a 15 × 15 cm box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe maximum capacity is a \u003cstrong\u003eround cake Ø 10 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e or a \u003cstrong\u003esquare cake 10 × 10 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e. This size corresponds to a strictly individual portion (1 person, 100 to 150 g of finished cake). Beyond that, the lid will not close properly and the presentation will be compromised.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between this 15 × 15 box and the 20.8 × 22.1 cm one?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e15 × 15 cm size\u003c\/strong\u003e is the \u003cstrong\u003eoriginal Korean Bento Cake\u003c\/strong\u003e, designed for \u003cstrong\u003e1 person\u003c\/strong\u003e (cake Ø 10 cm). The \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/10-boites-a-bento-cake-21x22cm\" class=\"pl-link\"\u003e20.8 × 22.1 cm\u003c\/a\u003e size is a \u003cstrong\u003elarger\u003c\/strong\u003e format for tastings for 1 or 2 people. Choose according to your customers: solo individual (15 × 15) or standard Bento to share (20.8 × 22.1).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the cardboard rigid?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, FunCakes boxes are made from cardboard thick enough to \u003cstrong\u003eprotect the cake during transport\u003c\/strong\u003e. The compact 15 × 15 cm size with a cake weighing only 100-150 g is particularly stable, with no risk of the lid collapsing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to assemble the box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe boxes are delivered flat to optimize storage. Assembly is done \u003cstrong\u003eby folding in a few seconds\u003c\/strong\u003e: unfold the bottom, fold the side flaps, form the lid separately. No tools or glue needed, the folding system ensures stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the cardboard in direct contact with the pastry?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe FunCakes cardboard is \u003cstrong\u003efood safe\u003c\/strong\u003e. However, for greasy or very moist pastries (butter sponge cake, liquid ganache), we recommend \u003cstrong\u003eplacing a sheet of parchment paper\u003c\/strong\u003e between the cake and the bottom of the box to preserve the cardboard's appearance and make it easier to unmold when serving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does the cake keep in the box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe box protects the cake during transport but is \u003cstrong\u003enot airtight\u003c\/strong\u003e. For optimal freshness, the cake should be consumed \u003cstrong\u003ewithin 24 to 48 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e after boxing, kept refrigerated in the meantime. Remove the cake 30 minutes before tasting to reveal the aromas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the box be customized with a logo or message?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe neutral white cardboard is \u003cstrong\u003eperfectly suited for customization\u003c\/strong\u003e: stickers, workshop stamps, handwritten labels, ribbons, compact Polaroid photos can be applied on the lid or sides of the box. Ideal size for B2B orders with company logo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to optimize visuals for social media?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 15 × 15 cm square size is \u003cstrong\u003eideal for Instagram and TikTok posts\u003c\/strong\u003e in 1:1 format. Photograph the box opened at 90°, top-down view over the cake, with soft natural lighting (no direct light). The contrast between the white box and the colorful cake creates a signature viral visual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"pl-h2\"\u003eComplete your Bento Cake arsenal\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl-tip\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo develop a complete Bento Cake offer at Patissland, complement these mini 15 × 15 cm boxes with other sizes and accessories. For \u003cstrong\u003estandard Bento to share\u003c\/strong\u003e, choose the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/10-boites-a-bento-cake-21x22cm\" class=\"pl-link\"\u003e20.8 × 22.1 cm FunCakes size\u003c\/a\u003e. For \u003cstrong\u003esquare parchment papers\u003c\/strong\u003e compatible with this size, see the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/50-feuilles-de-papier-sulfurise-30x30cm\" class=\"pl-link\"\u003e30 × 30 cm parchment sheets\u003c\/a\u003e to cut. For \u003cstrong\u003enatural and pastel food colorings\u003c\/strong\u003e suited to Bento Cake flavors (matcha, taro, ube, pistachio, raspberry), explore the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/colorants-alimentaires\" class=\"pl-link\"\u003ePatissland Food Colorings collection\u003c\/a\u003e. For \u003cstrong\u003epiping nozzles\u003c\/strong\u003e essential for handwritten royal icing decorations, check the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/poches-douilles\" class=\"pl-link\"\u003eNozzles and Bags collection\u003c\/a\u003e. For \u003cstrong\u003epreparation mixes\u003c\/strong\u003e suited to Bento Cakes (vanilla or chocolate sponge), find the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mix-de-preparation-coulis\" class=\"pl-link\"\u003ePreparation Mixes collection\u003c\/a\u003e. And to explore the Patissland blog, see the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/blogs\/blog-de-recettes-patissland\/bento-cake-chocolat-fraise-recette-express\" class=\"pl-link\"\u003echocolate-raspberry Bento Cake recipe\u003c\/a\u003e presenting the full technique to make the authentic Korean mini cake.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin-top: 24px; text-align: center; background: linear-gradient(135deg,#eadfcb 0%,#d7b36a 100%); border-left: none; border: 1px solid #b98b35;\" class=\"pl-tip\"\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 15px; color: #2a2419;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003ePatissland, partner of demanding pastry chefs.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"FUN CAKES","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47472002269523,"sku":"F83450","price":4.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/10-boites-a-bento-cake-15x15cm-fun-cakes-1.jpg?v=1772149313"},{"product_id":"10-boites-a-bento-cake-21x22cm","title":"10 Bento Cake Boxes 21x22cm","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n.patissland-product{font-family:'Helvetica Neue',Arial,sans-serif;color:#2a2419;line-height:1.7;width:100%;max-width:1200px;margin:0 auto;box-sizing:border-box}\n.patissland-product *{box-sizing:border-box}\n.patissland-product .pl-intro{background:linear-gradient(135deg,#fdfaf5 0%,#eadfcb 100%);padding:24px 28px;border-radius:14px;border-left:5px solid #b98b35;margin:0 0 28px;box-shadow:0 2px 12px rgba(185,139,53,.08)}\n.patissland-product .pl-intro p{margin:0;font-size:16px;color:#2a2419}\n.patissland-product .pl-intro strong{color:#b98b35}\n.patissland-product h2.pl-h2{color:#b98b35;font-size:22px;font-weight:700;margin:32px 0 18px;padding-bottom:10px;border-bottom:2px solid #d7b36a;display:flex;align-items:center;gap:10px}\n.patissland-product .pl-grid{display:grid;grid-template-columns:repeat(3,1fr);gap:14px;margin:18px 0}\n.patissland-product .pl-card{background:#fdfaf5;border:1px solid #eadfcb;border-radius:10px;padding:16px;transition:.2s}\n.patissland-product .pl-card:hover{border-color:#d7b36a;box-shadow:0 2px 10px rgba(185,139,53,.12)}\n.patissland-product .pl-card strong{color:#b98b35;display:block;font-size:14px;text-transform:uppercase;letter-spacing:.5px;margin-bottom:6px}\n.patissland-product .pl-card span{font-size:15px;color:#2a2419}\n.patissland-product .patissland-accordion{background:#fdfaf5;border:1px solid #eadfcb;border-radius:10px;margin:10px 0;overflow:hidden;transition:.2s}\n.patissland-product .patissland-accordion[open]{border-color:#d7b36a;box-shadow:0 2px 12px rgba(185,139,53,.1)}\n.patissland-product .patissland-accordion summary{padding:16px 20px;cursor:pointer;font-weight:600;color:#2a2419;font-size:15px;list-style:none;display:flex;justify-content:space-between;align-items:center;transition:.2s}\n.patissland-product .patissland-accordion summary::-webkit-details-marker{display:none}\n.patissland-product .patissland-accordion summary:hover{background:#eadfcb}\n.patissland-product .patissland-accordion summary::after{content:\"+\";color:#b98b35;font-size:24px;font-weight:300;transition:.2s}\n.patissland-product .patissland-accordion[open] summary::after{content:\"−\"}\n.patissland-product .patissland-accordion summary strong{color:#2a2419}\n.patissland-product .patissland-accordion[open] summary{background:#eadfcb;color:#b98b35}\n.patissland-product .patissland-accordion .pl-acc-body{padding:18px 22px;background:#fff;border-top:1px solid #eadfcb}\n.patissland-product .patissland-accordion .pl-acc-body p{margin:0 0 12px}\n.patissland-product .patissland-accordion .pl-acc-body p:last-child{margin-bottom:0}\n.patissland-product .patissland-accordion .pl-acc-body ul{margin:8px 0;padding-left:22px}\n.patissland-product .patissland-accordion .pl-acc-body li{margin:6px 0}\n.patissland-product a.pl-link{color:#b98b35;text-decoration:none;font-weight:600;border-bottom:1px solid #d7b36a;transition:.2s}\n.patissland-product a.pl-link:hover{color:#9a7220;border-bottom-color:#9a7220}\n.patissland-product .pl-tip{background:linear-gradient(135deg,#fdfaf5 0%,#eadfcb 50%);padding:18px 22px;border-radius:10px;margin:18px 0;border-left:4px solid #b98b35}\n.patissland-product .pl-tip strong{color:#b98b35}\n.patissland-product .pl-table{width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;margin:14px 0;background:#fff;border-radius:10px;overflow:hidden;box-shadow:0 1px 6px rgba(0,0,0,.04)}\n.patissland-product .pl-table th{background:#b98b35;color:#fff;padding:12px 14px;text-align:left;font-weight:600;font-size:14px}\n.patissland-product .pl-table td{padding:11px 14px;border-bottom:1px solid #eadfcb;font-size:14px}\n.patissland-product .pl-table tr:last-child td{border-bottom:none}\n.patissland-product .pl-table tr:nth-child(even) td{background:#fdfaf5}\n@media(max-width:768px){.patissland-product .pl-grid{grid-template-columns:1fr}.patissland-product h2.pl-h2{font-size:19px}}\n@media(min-width:769px) and (max-width:1024px){.patissland-product .pl-grid{grid-template-columns:repeat(2,1fr)}}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"patissland-product\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl-intro\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eFunCakes Bento Cake Box 20.8 x 22.1 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e is the signature packaging for professional pastry chefs and cake designers who want to showcase their creations in \u003cstrong\u003eindividual format\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003esmall shared cake\u003c\/strong\u003e. Inspired by the famous Japanese lunchboxes and popularized by the \u003cstrong\u003eKorean bento cake trend\u003c\/strong\u003e that went viral on TikTok and Instagram, this box with a clean design perfectly fits a round cake 15 cm in diameter or a square cake 15 x 15 cm. Sold in a \u003cstrong\u003epack of 10 units\u003c\/strong\u003e, it is the ideal pro size for pastry shops specializing in bento cakes, cake design workshops, and online stores offering custom cakes to order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"pl-h2\"\u003eIn a few words\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl-grid\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl-card\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFunCakes (Netherlands)\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl-card\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e20,8 x 22,1 cm\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl-card\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackaging\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePack of 10 boxes\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl-card\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eNeutral\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl-card\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRound cake 15 cm or square 15x15 cm\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl-card\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRecyclable food-grade cardboard\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"pl-h2\"\u003eDetailed information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails open=\"\" class=\"patissland-accordion\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy choose this FunCakes Bento Box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eFunCakes Bento Box 20.8 x 22.1 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e stands out with 6 advantages that make it the reference for professionals of bento cakes and premium individual cakes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize designed for the trendy bento cake\u003c\/strong\u003e: dimensions calibrated for a round cake 15 cm in diameter or square cake 15 x 15 cm, the standard size of the Korean bento cake (serves 1 to 2 people)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional pack of 10 units\u003c\/strong\u003e: packaging suited for pastry chefs producing custom cakes to order, ideal for managing workshop stock without running out\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean design\u003c\/strong\u003e: the neutral finish highlights the cake’s personalized decoration and allows \u003cstrong\u003efree customization\u003c\/strong\u003e with stickers, ribbons, labels featuring your brand or your client’s logo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecyclable food-grade cardboard\u003c\/strong\u003e: environmentally friendly material, aligned with the expectations of pastry chefs committed to eco-responsibility and their environmentally conscious customers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurability suited for transport\u003c\/strong\u003e: sturdy structure that protects the cake during hand deliveries or courier transport, without risk of crushing the decoration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical compact size\u003c\/strong\u003e: reduced footprint for storage in pastry labs, flat delivery possible to the end customer, and elegant presentation on shop shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo explore the full range, see the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/boites-a-gateaux\" class=\"pl-link\"\u003ePatissland Cake Boxes collection\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"patissland-accordion\" open=\"\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDetailed technical specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pl-table\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFunCakes (Netherlands)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndividual size Bento cake box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20,8 x 22,1 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRound cake compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum 15 cm diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare cake compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum 15 x 15 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNeutral\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFood-grade cardboard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecyclable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePackaging\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePack of 10 boxes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType of use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBento cake, mini cake, individual cake\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCustomization\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmooth surface compatible with stickers, labels, ribbons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStorage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivered flat for space optimization\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"patissland-accordion\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifferentiation: 20.8 x 22.1 cm vs 15 x 15 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePatissland offers two sizes of FunCakes Bento Boxes to fit all individual cake sizes. Here's how to choose the right size:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pl-table\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCake compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePreferred use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBento 20.8 x 22.1 cm (this product)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRound 15 cm or square 15x15 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBento cake \"standard\" for 2 to 3 people, the most requested size in pastry\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/10-boites-bento-cake-15x15cm\" class=\"pl-link\"\u003eBento 15 x 15 cm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRound 10 cm or square 10x10 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMini bento cake \"individual\" for 1 person, ultra-cute Valentine's Day size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOur recommendation for professional pastry chefs:\u003c\/strong\u003e keep both sizes in stock to meet all client requests. The 20.8 x 22.1 cm size covers most orders (couple birthdays, Valentine's Day for 2, marriage proposals), while the 15 x 15 cm size corresponds to \"individual sized\" personal gift orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"patissland-accordion\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMain professional applications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBento Box 20.8 x 22.1 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e meets 6 major categories of professional and personal uses:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCustom order bento cake\u003c\/strong\u003e: reference size for the trendy Korean bento cake pastry with handwritten message and minimalist piping decoration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eValentine's Day and romantic events\u003c\/strong\u003e: presentation of a heart or round cake with personalized decoration for an emotional gift to offer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMini birthday cake\u003c\/strong\u003e: individual size for 2 to 3 people, perfect for intimate birthdays or office celebrations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMarriage proposal\u003c\/strong\u003e: premium support for a personalized cake with \"Will you marry me?\" written in buttercream\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBoutique pastry\u003c\/strong\u003e: showcase presentation of mini creations sold individually with neat packaging finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorporate gift\u003c\/strong\u003e: premium packaging for logoed cakes to offer to clients or employees during corporate events\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo \u003cstrong\u003eperfect the presentation\u003c\/strong\u003e, pair your box with the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/50-feuilles-de-papier-sulfurise-30x30cm\" class=\"pl-link\"\u003eFunCakes 30 x 30 cm parchment paper\u003c\/a\u003e that lines the inside of the box and protects the cake from direct contact with the cardboard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"patissland-accordion\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKorean bento cake trend: why this box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003ebento cake\u003c\/strong\u003e, also called \u003cstrong\u003eKorean bento cake\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003elunchbox cake\u003c\/strong\u003e, originated in South Korea in the early 2020s. Inspired by traditional Japanese bento boxes, this mini cake about 10 to 15 cm in diameter went viral on Instagram and TikTok thanks to 3 strong features:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndividual or for 2 people format\u003c\/strong\u003e: an alternative to large family cakes, in line with current consumption trends (couples, singles, small events)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePersonalized minimalist decoration\u003c\/strong\u003e: handwritten message with a piping bag, buttercream flowers, hearts, stars, first names, declarations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePremium box presentation\u003c\/strong\u003e: the box is an integral part of the gift; the recipient opens it like a precious present, creating a strong emotional moment that is photographed and shared\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003eFunCakes Bento Box 20.8 x 22.1 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e is sized for 15 cm bento cakes, a format that has become the standard reference in premium pastry shops. The clean white cardboard serves as a \"blank canvas\" for customization by the pastry chef or the final customer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl-tip\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePro tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e to discover the full recipes for bento cakes by Patissland, check out the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/blogs\/blog-de-recettes-patissland\/bento-cake-chocolat-fraise-recette-express\" class=\"pl-link\"\u003echocolate-strawberry bento cake recipe\u003c\/a\u003e or the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/blogs\/blog-de-recettes-patissland\/love-bento-cake-by-funcakes\" class=\"pl-link\"\u003eLove Bento Cake recipe\u003c\/a\u003e special for Valentine’s Day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"patissland-accordion\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCustomization and presentation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe smooth and neutral surface of the \u003cstrong\u003eFunCakes white Bento Box\u003c\/strong\u003e makes it an ideal customization base for pastry chefs who want to highlight their brand identity or personalize the client gift:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStickers and decals\u003c\/strong\u003e: apply your logo, the recipient's first name, or an event message (wedding, birthday, birth)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSatin or raffia ribbons\u003c\/strong\u003e: wrap the box with a theme-colored ribbon for a premium gift effect\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandwritten labels\u003c\/strong\u003e: add a kraft or colored label with a personalized handwritten message\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCustom stamps\u003c\/strong\u003e: stamp your pastry logo for a recognizable professional signature\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDecorative liners\u003c\/strong\u003e: line the inside of the box with a decorative sheet to add a graphic touch when opening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor interior decoration, discover the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/simply-making-feuilles-bento-box-spring-flowers-25x25-cm-50-feuilles\" class=\"pl-link\"\u003eSimply Making spring flower sheets\u003c\/a\u003e or the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/simply-making-feuilles-bento-box-baking-fun-25x25-cm-50-feuilles\" class=\"pl-link\"\u003eBaking Fun sheets\u003c\/a\u003e that add a premium graphic touch inside the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"patissland-accordion\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOptimal storage and use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo preserve the qualities of the \u003cstrong\u003eFunCakes Bento Box\u003c\/strong\u003e and ensure a flawless presentation to the customer:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e: store flat in a dry place, protected from humidity and extreme temperatures (ideal between 15 and 25°C)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly\u003c\/strong\u003e: the box folds in seconds, without adhesive tape or staples, delivered flat to optimize storage space\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCake preservation\u003c\/strong\u003e: always use parchment paper at the bottom of the box to avoid direct contact between the cake and the cardboard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRefrigerator storage\u003c\/strong\u003e: the box withstands cold room or refrigerator storage thanks to its food-grade cardboard (maximum recommended duration: 48 hours)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecyclability\u003c\/strong\u003e: 100% recyclable cardboard to be disposed of in selective recycling after use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl-tip\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePro tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e for home deliveries in hot seasons, use an insulated pouch over the box. The cardboard alone does not protect against thermal shock, which can melt buttercreams and frostings on long trips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"patissland-accordion\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size cake fits in this box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 20.8 x 22.1 cm box fits a round cake up to 15 cm in diameter or a square cake up to 15 x 15 cm. The recommended cake height is 8 to 12 cm to keep a safety margin above the decoration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many people can a 15 cm bento cake feed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 15 cm diameter bento cake comfortably serves 2 to 3 people as a dessert portion, or 4 people as a snack portion. It is the standard size for an individual pastry gift or a romantic sharing for couples.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to make a bento cake in this box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMake a cake with a maximum diameter of 15 cm (round or square), frost it with smooth buttercream, write a personalized message with a piping bag, place it gently in the box with a sheet of parchment paper at the bottom. For the full recipe, see the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/blogs\/blog-de-recettes-patissland\/bento-cake-chocolat-fraise-recette-express\" class=\"pl-link\"\u003eexpress chocolate-strawberry bento cake recipe\u003c\/a\u003e on the Patissland blog.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich mold to use for a bento cake compatible with this box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrefer a round mold of 14 cm diameter (to allow margin with the box’s 15 cm max) or a square mold 14 x 14 cm. You will find the suitable baking equipment in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/boites-a-gateaux\" class=\"pl-link\"\u003ecomplete Patissland Boxes \u0026 Packaging collection\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the box suitable for delivery transport?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the sturdy cardboard structure protects the cake from side impacts. For long trips or delivery in hot seasons, add an insulated pouch. For taller cakes (multi-layer entremets), prefer the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/boite-a-gateau-ajustable-avec-fenetre-choisir-la-taille\" class=\"pl-link\"\u003eadjustable cake box with window\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the box be personalized with the pastry shop logo?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely. The neutral white surface is compatible with stickers, labels, ribbons, stamps, and tags. It’s the ideal medium to develop your brand identity on custom orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the box recyclable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the food-grade cardboard used is 100% recyclable. Dispose of it in the paper\/cardboard recycling after use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"pl-h2\"\u003eDiscover the Patissland range\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl-tip\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo complete your range of professional boxes, explore the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/boites-a-gateaux\" class=\"pl-link\"\u003ePatissland Cake Boxes collection\u003c\/a\u003e. There you will find the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/10-boites-bento-cake-15x15cm\" class=\"pl-link\"\u003eMini Bento Box 15 x 15 cm\u003c\/a\u003e for individual cakes, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/boite-a-gateau-ajustable-avec-fenetre-choisir-la-taille\" class=\"pl-link\"\u003eAdjustable Cake Box\u003c\/a\u003e for tall Layer Cakes, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/boite-a-gateau-40x30x15cm\" class=\"pl-link\"\u003eRectangle Box 40 x 30 cm\u003c\/a\u003e for large pieces, as well as the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/extension-de-boite-set-3\" class=\"pl-link\"\u003eSME Extensions\u003c\/a\u003e to adjust the height of your existing boxes. Don’t forget the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/50-feuilles-de-papier-sulfurise-30x30cm\" class=\"pl-link\"\u003eFunCakes Parchment Paper 30 x 30 cm\u003c\/a\u003e to line the inside of your Bento boxes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin-top: 24px; text-align: center; background: linear-gradient(135deg,#eadfcb 0%,#d7b36a 100%); border-left: none; border: 1px solid #b98b35;\" class=\"pl-tip\"\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 15px; color: #2a2419;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eThe Patissland team, partner of demanding pastry chefs.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"FUN CAKES","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47472009150803,"sku":"F83455","price":5.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/10-boites-a-bento-cake-21x22cm-fun-cakes-1.jpg?v=1772149315"},{"product_id":"boite-pour-6-cupcakes","title":"Box for 6 Cupcakes","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family:'Montserrat',sans-serif;background:#faf7f0;border:1px solid #e8dcc4;border-radius:12px;padding:24px;color:#3d3428;line-height:1.7;\"\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv style=\"background:#fbf9f3;border:1px solid #e8dcc4;border-radius:10px;padding:20px;margin-bottom:16px;\"\u003e\n    \u003ch3 style=\"margin:0 0 10px;color:#b98b35;font-size:1.15em;\"\u003eWhite 6-Cupcake Box with Window Azucren\u003c\/h3\u003e\n    \u003cp style=\"margin:0;\"\u003eThis box from the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/patistopsland.com\/collections\/azucren\" style=\"color:#b98b35;\"\u003eAzucren\u003c\/a\u003e brand is designed for transporting and presenting 6 standard-sized cupcakes. Its large transparent window on top lets you see the decorations without opening the box, while the sturdy cardboard protects frostings and toppings during transport. The neutral white color suits all themes, from wedding cake accompaniments to retail sales. Other sizes are available in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/patistopsland.com\/collections\/boites-a-cupcakes\" style=\"color:#b98b35;\"\u003eCupcake Boxes\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv style=\"background:#fbf9f3;border:1px solid #e8dcc4;border-radius:10px;padding:20px;margin-bottom:16px;\"\u003e\n    \u003ch3 style=\"margin:0 0 10px;color:#b98b35;font-size:1.15em;\"\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h3\u003e\n    \u003cul style=\"margin:0;padding-left:18px;list-style:none;\"\u003e\n      \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:6px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color:#d7b36a;\"\u003e●\u003c\/span\u003e Capacity: 6 standard-sized cupcakes\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:6px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color:#d7b36a;\"\u003e●\u003c\/span\u003e Robust cardboard, rigid and stable structure for transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:6px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color:#d7b36a;\"\u003e●\u003c\/span\u003e Transparent window on top\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:6px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color:#d7b36a;\"\u003e●\u003c\/span\u003e White color, neutral and professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color:#d7b36a;\"\u003e●\u003c\/span\u003e Recyclable material after use\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv style=\"background:#fbf9f3;border:1px solid #e8dcc4;border-radius:10px;padding:20px;margin-bottom:16px;\"\u003e\n    \u003ch3 style=\"margin:0 0 10px;color:#b98b35;font-size:1.15em;\"\u003eUsage Tips\u003c\/h3\u003e\n    \u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 10px;\"\u003eRefrigerate your \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/patistopsland.com\/collections\/cupcakes\" style=\"color:#b98b35;\"\u003ecupcakes\u003c\/a\u003e 15 to 20 minutes before placing them in the box: a firmed frosting better withstands handling and won’t mark when touching the window. Make sure the topping height stays below the lid level, especially for tall rosettes piped with a nozzle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003cp style=\"margin:0;\"\u003eFor sales or buffets, match the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/patistopsland.com\/collections\/caissettes\" style=\"color:#b98b35;\"\u003eliners\u003c\/a\u003e with the white box: the window becomes a display case and the customer sees the finished product even before opening. Transport the box flat, placed on a stable surface, never tilted on a seat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv style=\"background:#fdf5e0;border-left:4px solid #b98b35;border-radius:6px;padding:16px 20px;margin-bottom:16px;\"\u003e\n    \u003cp style=\"margin:0;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e the slots hold each cupcake by its base and prevent any lateral sliding, the main cause of damaged decorations. Assemble the box and place the insert before putting the cupcakes in one by one, rather than inserting a pre-filled tray.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv style=\"background:#fbf9f3;border:1px solid #e8dcc4;border-radius:10px;padding:20px;\"\u003e\n    \u003ch3 style=\"margin:0 0 12px;color:#b98b35;font-size:1.15em;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the box suitable for muffins?\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eYes, as long as the base diameter remains standard size. Very large-topped muffins may touch each other: in that case, space them out by using only 4 of the 6 slots.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it go in the refrigerator?\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eYes, the cardboard withstands cold. However, avoid direct moisture and prolonged condensation, which soften the structure and cloud the window.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003cp style=\"margin-bottom:0;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there an equivalent size for a whole cake?\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eYes, tall boxes with windows for layer cakes and whole pieces are grouped in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/patistopsland.com\/collections\/boites-a-gateaux\" style=\"color:#b98b35;\"\u003eCake Boxes\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"AZUCREN","offers":[{"title":"7.5cm","offer_id":47973513462099,"sku":"DE88278","price":1.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"12cm","offer_id":47973513494867,"sku":"AZ01105","price":1.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/boite-pour-6-cupcakes-azucren-1.png?v=1772149887"},{"product_id":"boite-pour-12-cupcakes","title":"Box for 12 Cupcakes","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n.patissland-accordions { max-width: 100%; margin: 32px 0; font-family: inherit; color: #2b2b2b; }\n.patissland-accordion { border: 1px solid #eadfcb; border-radius: 14px; margin-bottom: 12px; background: #fff; overflow: hidden; }\n.patissland-accordion summary { cursor: pointer; list-style: none; padding: 18px 22px; font-weight: 700; font-size: 16px; color: #2b2b2b; display: flex; align-items: center; justify-content: space-between; gap: 16px; }\n.patissland-accordion summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.patissland-accordion summary::after { content: \"+\"; width: 28px; height: 28px; min-width: 28px; border-radius: 50%; background: #d7b36a; color: #fff; display: inline-flex; align-items: center; justify-content: center; font-size: 20px; line-height: 1; font-weight: 500; }\n.patissland-accordion[open] summary::after { content: \"−\"; }\n.patissland-accordion summary \u003e * { flex: 0 1 auto; }\n.patissland-accordion summary a { color: inherit; text-decoration: none; font-weight: inherit; pointer-events: none; }\n.patissland-accordion-content { padding: 0 22px 22px; font-size: 15px; line-height: 1.75; color: #444; }\n.patissland-accordion-content p { margin: 0 0 14px; }\n.patissland-accordion-content ul { margin: 8px 0 0; padding-left: 20px; }\n.patissland-accordion-content li { margin-bottom: 8px; }\n.patissland-accordion-content ol { margin: 8px 0 0; padding-left: 22px; }\n.patissland-accordion-content ol li { margin-bottom: 8px; }\n.patissland-accordion-content a { color: #b98b35; text-decoration: underline; font-weight: 600; }\n.patissland-accordion-content a:hover { color: #8a6624; }\n.patissland-highlight { color: #b98b35; font-weight: 700; }\n@media (max-width: 768px) {\n  .patissland-accordion summary { padding: 16px 18px; font-size: 15px; }\n  .patissland-accordion-content { padding: 0 18px 20px; font-size: 14px; }\n}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003ch1\u003eBox for 12 Cupcakes – Secure Transport Azucren\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePresent and transport your creations with confidence using this \u003cstrong\u003ebox for 12 cupcakes\u003c\/strong\u003e by Azucren. Designed for professional pastry chefs, cake design shops, and demanding enthusiasts, it ensures \u003cspan class=\"patissland-highlight\"\u003eprecise individual support\u003c\/span\u003e for each cupcake thanks to its integrated insert. No more crushed decorations or deformed frostings: each piece arrives intact, ready to serve.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConvenient size for takeout, click and collect, event orders, or pastry delivery, this single box perfectly complements your range of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/patistopsland.com\/collections\/boites-a-cupcakes\" title=\"Patissland cupcake boxes\"\u003epackaging dedicated to cupcakes\u003c\/a\u003e. For different sizes (whole cake boxes, layer cakes, yule logs), find our full selection of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/patistopsland.com\/collections\/boites-a-gateaux\" title=\"Patissland cake boxes\"\u003ecake boxes\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"patissland-accordions\"\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-accordion\" open\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eWhy choose this 12-cupcake box\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eA box adapted for cupcakes is more than just a container: it protects the aesthetic of the decoration throughout the journey, from the kitchen to the customer. The strengths of this Azucren model:\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cul\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndividual support:\u003c\/strong\u003e dedicated insert that isolates each cupcake and limits movement during transport.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDecoration protection:\u003c\/strong\u003e piped frostings, whipped ganaches, and whipped cream stay in place, even on winding routes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNeat presentation:\u003c\/strong\u003e clean and tidy appearance upon delivery, a key element for customer satisfaction and photo sharing on social media.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConvenient size:\u003c\/strong\u003e capacity of 12 cupcakes, the most requested standard in stores and for birthday, baby shower, and seminar orders.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuick assembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e intuitive assembly, time-saving in production.\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003c\/ul\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eTo successfully prepare your cupcakes in advance, check our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/patistopsland.com\/blogs\/blog-de-recettes-patissland\/recette-de-la-base-a-cupcake\" title=\"Cupcake base recipe\"\u003ecupcake base recipe\u003c\/a\u003e and our guide for the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/patistopsland.com\/blogs\/blog-de-recettes-patissland\/recette-des-cupcakes-au-chocolat\" title=\"Chocolate cupcakes recipe\"\u003echocolate cupcakes recipe\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cul\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 cupcakes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupport:\u003c\/strong\u003e inner insert for individual positioning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e rigid cardboard.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e simple and quick.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e secure transport, takeout sales, presentation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Azucren.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackaging:\u003c\/strong\u003e single unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eCupcake box or classic cake box: which to choose\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eThe difference is essential: a \u003cstrong\u003ecupcake box\u003c\/strong\u003e includes a system of compartments or inserts that hold each piece in place, while a \u003cstrong\u003eclassic cake box\u003c\/strong\u003e is a neutral container designed for a whole cake laid flat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cul\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e12-cupcake box (this sheet):\u003c\/strong\u003e ideal for individual productions with raised decoration (icing rosettes, sugar paste flowers, pearls). Individual support prevents pieces from bumping into each other.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard cake box:\u003c\/strong\u003e for entremets, cheesecakes, layer cakes placed on a base. See our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/patistopsland.com\/collections\/boites-a-gateaux\" title=\"Cake box collection\"\u003ecake boxes\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBento cake box:\u003c\/strong\u003e compact format for individual cakes or just 1 to 2 cupcakes, see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/patistopsland.com\/products\/10-boites-bento-cake-15x15cm\" title=\"Bento cake boxes 15x15cm\"\u003ebento cake box 15x15cm\u003c\/a\u003e if you want this size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003c\/ul\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eTo ensure the stability of a layer cake transported in a box, the box is often combined with a \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/patistopsland.com\/collections\/cake-card\" title=\"Cake Board cake bases\"\u003eCake Board base\u003c\/a\u003e under the cake.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eProfessional uses and applications\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cul\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIn-store sales:\u003c\/strong\u003e immediate packaging of dozens of cupcakes for checkout.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClick and collect:\u003c\/strong\u003e pre-prepared order, pickup without additional handling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEvents:\u003c\/strong\u003e weddings, baby showers, birthdays, corporate seminars, trade shows.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e short to medium trips by car or cargo bike (prefer stable creams).\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGourmet gifts:\u003c\/strong\u003e artisanal box, a chic alternative to cellophane wrapping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eUsage tips and best practices\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003col\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete cooling:\u003c\/strong\u003e wait until your cupcakes are fully cooled before boxing. Condensation damages the icing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDecorate last:\u003c\/strong\u003e pipe the icing just before departure to preserve volume.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStable creams:\u003c\/strong\u003e for extended transport, prefer whipped ganache, Swiss meringue buttercream, or sweetened cream cheese, which hold better than classic whipped cream.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDelicate insertion:\u003c\/strong\u003e carefully place each cupcake in its slot without pressing on the decoration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClose just before handing over:\u003c\/strong\u003e avoid keeping the box closed for several hours at room temperature.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStore flat:\u003c\/strong\u003e never tilt the box once filled.\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003c\/ol\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eFor precise piping of your decorations, equip yourself with our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/patistopsland.com\/products\/24-poches-a-douille-jetables-41-cm\" title=\"Disposable piping bags 41 cm\"\u003edisposable piping bags\u003c\/a\u003e and our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/patistopsland.com\/collections\/douilles\" title=\"Patissland pastry nozzles\"\u003epastry nozzles\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eStorage and preservation of the boxes\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cul\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003eStore flat, in a dry environment, protected from moisture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003eAssemble the box just before use to preserve the cardboard’s rigidity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003eAvoid impact shocks on the stack of assembled boxes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003eHandle the box by the sides once filled, never from the top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQ – Box for 12 cupcakes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-accordion-content\"\u003e\n\n      \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-accordion\"\u003e\n        \u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the box include a system to hold the cupcakes in place?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n        \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-accordion-content\"\u003e\n          \u003cp\u003eYes. This Azucren model comes with an inner insert that creates 12 individual slots. Each cupcake is held in place and cannot slip or tip during transport.\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n      \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n      \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-accordion\"\u003e\n        \u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for transporting decorated cupcakes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n        \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-accordion-content\"\u003e\n          \u003cp\u003eYes, that is its main purpose. The insert isolates each piece and limits contact between cupcakes, preserving piped frostings, rosettes, sugar paste flowers, and raised decorations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n      \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n      \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-accordion\"\u003e\n        \u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this format suitable for professional use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n        \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-accordion-content\"\u003e\n          \u003cp\u003eYes. The 12-cupcake capacity matches the most requested standard size in shops, click and collect, and event orders. The rigid cardboard and insert support a steady production flow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n      \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n      \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-accordion\"\u003e\n        \u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this box be used for anything other than cupcakes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n        \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-accordion-content\"\u003e\n          \u003cp\u003eIt is optimized for standard-sized cupcakes (classic muffin liner). For individual pastries of other sizes or whole cakes, it’s better to check our other options in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/patistopsland.com\/collections\/boites-a-gateaux\" title=\"Cake box collection\"\u003ecake box collection\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n      \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n      \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-accordion\"\u003e\n        \u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs assembly quick?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n        \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-accordion-content\"\u003e\n          \u003cp\u003eYes, assembly takes just a few seconds by folding. No tools are needed. This is an advantage for shops that assemble their boxes as orders come in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n      \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n      \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-accordion\"\u003e\n        \u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used for delivery?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n        \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-accordion-content\"\u003e\n          \u003cp\u003eYes, for short to medium trips. For long deliveries or in heat, prefer stable frostings (whipped ganache, buttercream) and an additional transport box if multiple units need to be stacked.\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n      \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"AZUCREN","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47636055032147,"sku":"DE88287","price":2.39,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/boite-pour-12-cupcakes-azucren-1.png?v=1772149890"},{"product_id":"boite-pour-12-mini-cupcakes-blanche","title":"Box for 12 MINI Cupcakes","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"845\" data-end=\"1187\" class=\"\"\u003ePresent and transport your mini cupcakes safely with the \u003cstrong data-start=\"914\" data-end=\"961\"\u003ewhite Azucŕen box for 12 mini cupcakes\u003c\/strong\u003e. Thanks to its \u003cstrong data-start=\"975\" data-end=\"1022\"\u003e12 integrated compartments of 3.7 cm diameter\u003c\/strong\u003e, your treats stay perfectly in place. Its \u003cstrong data-start=\"1071\" data-end=\"1095\"\u003etransparent plastic window\u003c\/strong\u003e on top allows you to showcase your creations while protecting them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr data-start=\"1189\" data-end=\"1192\" class=\"\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 data-start=\"1194\" data-end=\"1217\" class=\"\"\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul data-start=\"1219\" data-end=\"1472\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1219\" data-end=\"1254\" class=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1221\" data-end=\"1254\" class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1221\" data-end=\"1235\"\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 mini cupcakes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1255\" data-end=\"1301\" class=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1257\" data-end=\"1301\" class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1257\" data-end=\"1284\"\u003eDiameter of the compartments:\u003c\/strong\u003e approximately 3.7 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1302\" data-end=\"1351\" class=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1304\" data-end=\"1351\" class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1304\" data-end=\"1332\"\u003eExternal dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 x 17 x 7.5 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1352\" data-end=\"1401\" class=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1354\" data-end=\"1401\" class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1354\" data-end=\"1367\"\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e white with transparent window\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1402\" data-end=\"1426\" class=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1404\" data-end=\"1426\" class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1404\" data-end=\"1416\"\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Azucren\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1427\" data-end=\"1472\" class=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1429\" data-end=\"1472\" class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1429\" data-end=\"1442\"\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e quality food-grade cardboard\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr data-start=\"1474\" data-end=\"1477\" class=\"\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 data-start=\"1479\" data-end=\"1494\" class=\"\"\u003eAdvantages\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul data-start=\"1496\" data-end=\"1763\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1496\" data-end=\"1554\" class=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1498\" data-end=\"1554\" class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1498\" data-end=\"1536\"\u003ePerfect for secure transport\u003c\/strong\u003e of your cupcakes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1555\" data-end=\"1634\" class=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1557\" data-end=\"1634\" class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1557\" data-end=\"1577\"\u003eElegant window\u003c\/strong\u003e for a beautiful display in the showcase or for delivery\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1635\" data-end=\"1667\" class=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1637\" data-end=\"1667\" class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1637\" data-end=\"1655\"\u003eEasy\u003c\/strong\u003e and quick assembly\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1668\" data-end=\"1763\" class=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1670\" data-end=\"1763\" class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1670\" data-end=\"1690\"\u003eRigid structure\u003c\/strong\u003e, ideal for pastry professionals as well as amateurs\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr data-start=\"1765\" data-end=\"1768\" class=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1770\" data-end=\"1906\" class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1773\" data-end=\"1785\"\u003eTip:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for takeout sales, custom orders, or events (baby shower, birthday, wedding…).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"AZUCREN","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47636080689491,"sku":"AZ01578","price":1.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/boite-pour-12-mini-cupcakes-azucren-1.jpg?v=1772149893"},{"product_id":"boite-pour-24-mini-cupcakes-blanche","title":"Box for 24 MINI Cupcakes","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"830\" data-end=\"1160\" class=\"\"\u003eOffer an elegant presentation and secure transport for your mini cupcakes with the \u003cstrong data-start=\"919\" data-end=\"966\"\u003eAzucren white box for 24 mini cupcakes\u003c\/strong\u003e. Equipped with \u003cstrong data-start=\"977\" data-end=\"1021\"\u003e24 compartments approximately 3.7 cm in diameter\u003c\/strong\u003e, it perfectly holds each piece in place. Its \u003cstrong data-start=\"1077\" data-end=\"1108\"\u003elarge transparent window\u003c\/strong\u003e showcases your creations while protecting them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1162\" data-end=\"1355\" class=\"\"\u003eDesigned for \u003cstrong data-start=\"1178\" data-end=\"1213\"\u003epastry professionals\u003c\/strong\u003e as well as discerning amateurs, this box is ideal for \u003cstrong data-start=\"1281\" data-end=\"1305\"\u003etakeaway orders\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong data-start=\"1311\" data-end=\"1325\"\u003eevents\u003c\/strong\u003e, or \u003cstrong data-start=\"1334\" data-end=\"1354\"\u003estand sales\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr data-start=\"1357\" data-end=\"1360\" class=\"\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 data-start=\"1362\" data-end=\"1385\" class=\"\"\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul data-start=\"1387\" data-end=\"1654\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1387\" data-end=\"1422\" class=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1389\" data-end=\"1422\" class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1389\" data-end=\"1403\"\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 mini cupcakes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1423\" data-end=\"1466\" class=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1425\" data-end=\"1466\" class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1425\" data-end=\"1452\"\u003eCup diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 3.7 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1467\" data-end=\"1518\" class=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1469\" data-end=\"1518\" class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1469\" data-end=\"1497\"\u003eExternal dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 31.4 x 24 x 7.5 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1519\" data-end=\"1570\" class=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1521\" data-end=\"1570\" class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1521\" data-end=\"1534\"\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e white with transparent window\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1571\" data-end=\"1595\" class=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1573\" data-end=\"1595\" class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1573\" data-end=\"1585\"\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Azucren\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1596\" data-end=\"1654\" class=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1598\" data-end=\"1654\" class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1598\" data-end=\"1612\"\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e rigid cardboard suitable for food contact\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr data-start=\"1656\" data-end=\"1659\" class=\"\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 data-start=\"1661\" data-end=\"1676\" class=\"\"\u003eAdvantages\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul data-start=\"1678\" data-end=\"1916\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1678\" data-end=\"1721\" class=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1680\" data-end=\"1721\" class=\"\"\u003eNeat and professional presentation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1722\" data-end=\"1790\" class=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1724\" data-end=\"1790\" class=\"\"\u003ePerfect for mini cupcakes, sweet bites, or petit fours\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1791\" data-end=\"1828\" class=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1793\" data-end=\"1828\" class=\"\"\u003eElegant viewing window\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1829\" data-end=\"1857\" class=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1831\" data-end=\"1857\" class=\"\"\u003eQuick and easy assembly\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1858\" data-end=\"1916\" class=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1860\" data-end=\"1916\" class=\"\"\u003eKeeps products securely in place during transport\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr data-start=\"1918\" data-end=\"1921\" class=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1923\" data-end=\"2083\" class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1926\" data-end=\"1953\"\u003eUsage advice:\u003c\/strong\u003e Add a personalized touch with a ribbon, label, or sticker to your branding for a flawless finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"AZUCREN","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47636095074643,"sku":"AZ01579","price":2.39,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/boite-pour-24-mini-cupcakes-azucren-1.jpg?v=1772149896"},{"product_id":"boite-a-gateaux-choisir-taille","title":"Tall Square Cake Box - Layer Cake","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n.pl-v6p2 { font-family: 'Montserrat', Arial, sans-serif; background: #faf7f0; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 10px; padding: 22px; color: #2a2419; line-height: 1.7; font-size: 15px; }\n.pl-v6p2 h3 { color: #b98b35; font-size: 18px; margin: 0 0 12px 0; font-weight: 700; }\n.pl-v6p2 .bloc { background: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 8px; padding: 18px 22px; margin-bottom: 14px; }\n.pl-v6p2 ul { padding-left: 20px; margin: 8px 0; }\n.pl-v6p2 ul li { margin-bottom: 7px; }\n.pl-v6p2 ul li::marker { color: #d7b36a; }\n.pl-v6p2 .note { background: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0; padding: 14px 18px; margin-bottom: 14px; font-size: 14px; }\n.pl-v6p2 a { color: #b98b35; font-weight: 600; }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl-v6p2\"\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"bloc\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTall square cake box for layer cake\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhite Azucren cardboard box, designed for assembled cakes: its height of 15.2 cm accommodates a 3 to 4-tier sponge layer cake without crushing the smoothing or decorations. Six square bases to choose from, ranging from 20x20 cm to 45x45 cm, complemented by two Extra Strong versions made of reinforced cardboard for heavy cakes filled with ganache or fondant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"bloc\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInternal height: 15.2 cm, suitable for tall layer cakes and smoothed cakes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable bases: 20x20, 25x25, 30x30, 35x35, 40x40, and 45x45 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExtra Strong versions in 25x25 cm and 30x30 cm: densified cardboard for heavy cakes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhite food-safe cardboard, quick assembly by folding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmooth surface compatible with stamps, labels, and personalization ribbons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"bloc\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllow 2 to 3 cm of space between the edge of the cake and the wall: a Ø 20 cm layer cake fits in the 25x25 cm base, placed on a rigid board or a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/cake-drum\"\u003ecake drum\u003c\/a\u003e of the same size as the box, which keeps it stable without slipping. For even taller cakes, \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/extensions-de-boites\"\u003ebox extensions\u003c\/a\u003e add the missing centimeters. Other sizes in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/boites-a-gateaux\"\u003ecake box\u003c\/a\u003e collection cover low entremets and rectangular cakes, and the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/layer-cake\"\u003elayer cake\u003c\/a\u003e collection includes assembly equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"note\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e transport the cake well chilled, flat in the vehicle trunk and never on a slanted seat. The Extra Strong version is recommended as soon as the cake exceeds 3 kg or has a fondant covering over multiple tiers.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"bloc\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size box for a Ø 25 cm layer cake?\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eThe 30x30 cm base: it provides enough space to slide your hands on each side of the cake when placing it in or taking it out of the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the box support a fondant-covered cake?\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eYes, provided the cake is placed on a rigid support. For a cake covered with fondant on 3 tiers or more, choose the Extra Strong version which does not bend during handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan multiple boxes be stacked during transport?\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eStandard boxes are not designed for heavy stacking. The Extra Strong version can tolerate a light box on top, but ideally transport flat, one box per trunk level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"AZUCREN","offers":[{"title":"20x20cm","offer_id":47636109164883,"sku":"DE88236","price":1.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"25x25cm","offer_id":47636109197651,"sku":"DE88238","price":1.69,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"25x25cm Extra Strong","offer_id":50451045974355,"sku":"AZ00261","price":2.39,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"30x30cm","offer_id":47636109263187,"sku":"DE88240","price":2.39,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"30x30cm Extra Strong","offer_id":50451051610451,"sku":"AZ00262","price":2.69,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"35x35cm","offer_id":47636109295955,"sku":"DE88242","price":2.69,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40x40cm","offer_id":47693336772947,"sku":"DE88244","price":2.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"45x45cm","offer_id":47693338181971,"sku":"DE88246","price":4.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/boite-a-gateaux-choisir-la-taille-azucren-1.png?v=1772149912"},{"product_id":"boite-a-cupcakes-fete-des-meres","title":"Cupcake Box - Mother's Day","description":"\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eCupcake Box (choice of size) Special for Mother's Day\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCelebrate Mother's Day with tenderness and sweetness thanks to our cupcake box from Pastry Colours, specially designed for the occasion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eA Sweet Treat for Mom:\u003c\/strong\u003e Express your love with this charming and colorful box, adorned with the word \"Mom\" in several languages, celebrating the universality of maternal love.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003ePerfect Presentation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each box is designed to showcase your homemade cupcakes or those from your favorite bakery, ensuring a surprise as beautiful as it is delicious.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel to choose: 2 or 4 cupcakes, for an intimate and personal tasting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTransparent window: to admire the creations without opening the box.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFestive design: with floral and heart patterns, perfect for the occasion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eGive Memories:\u003c\/strong\u003e More than just a container, it’s a keepsake box that will be cherished long after the cupcakes have been enjoyed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith the Pastry Colours Cupcake Box, turn your pastries into a gift as special as the one receiving it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"PASTRY COLOURS","offers":[{"title":"Box for 2 Cupcakes","offer_id":48071573373267,"sku":"P070401","price":1.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Box for 4 Cupcakes","offer_id":48071573406035,"sku":"P070402","price":2.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/boite-a-cupcakes-fete-des-meres-pastry-colours-1.jpg?v=1772150989"},{"product_id":"set-10-cakesicle-box","title":"Set\/10 Cakesicle Box","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSimply Making Cakesicle Box - Pack of 10\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePresent Your Cakesicles with Elegance!\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis pack of 10 cakesicle boxes features a fabulous glossy finish, perfect for showcasing your cakesicle creations. Whether for personalized wedding favors, birthday party treats, or just a fun little pick-me-up for friends and family, these boxes will impress and delight everyone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Choose Simply Making Cakesicle Boxes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlossy Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e: Each box has a glossy finish that adds a touch of elegance to your creations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal for All Occasions\u003c\/strong\u003e: Perfect for weddings, birthdays, and other celebrations. These boxes are designed to present your cakesicles professionally and attractively.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical and Easy to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e: Very easy to assemble; just fold along the guidelines and insert the tabs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurprise Effect\u003c\/strong\u003e: Each box can hold a mini cakesicle and features a window on top to showcase your creations, adding an element of surprise and fun.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBox Size\u003c\/strong\u003e: 5 cm x 9 cm x 3 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransparent Window\u003c\/strong\u003e: Allows you to display your cakesicles without opening the box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContents\u003c\/strong\u003e: Pack of 10 boxes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor Options\u003c\/strong\u003e: Available in several colors; choose the one that best fits your theme or event in the color selector.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor Perfect Cakesicle Presentations!\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith the \u003cstrong\u003eSimply Making Cakesicle Box - Pack of 10\u003c\/strong\u003e, you can present your creations with elegance and refinement. Whether you’re preparing treats for a party or gifts for a wedding, these boxes will add a touch of class and surprise to your cakesicles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder now and make your creations shine with these elegant and practical cakesicle boxes!\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDon’t miss the chance to turn your cakesicles into true works of art with Simply Making cakesicle boxes. Perfect for all celebrations, these boxes combine practicality, beauty, and ease of use for impressive results every time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"SIMPLY MAKING","offers":[{"title":"Pastel Blue","offer_id":49082116833619,"sku":"SM205755","price":5.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pastel Violet","offer_id":49082116866387,"sku":"SM205752","price":5.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pastel Peach","offer_id":49082142687571,"sku":"SM205752","price":5.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/set10-cakesicle-box-simply-making-1.jpg?v=1772151795"},{"product_id":"boite-6-cupcakes-halloween","title":"Box of 6 Cupcakes - Halloween","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n.pl-v6hw { font-family: 'Montserrat', Arial, sans-serif; background: #faf7f0; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 10px; padding: 22px; color: #2a2419; line-height: 1.7; font-size: 15px; }\n.pl-v6hw h3 { color: #b98b35; font-size: 18px; margin: 0 0 12px 0; font-weight: 700; }\n.pl-v6hw .bloc { background: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 8px; padding: 18px 22px; margin-bottom: 14px; }\n.pl-v6hw ul { padding-left: 20px; margin: 8px 0; }\n.pl-v6hw ul li { margin-bottom: 7px; }\n.pl-v6hw ul li::marker { color: #d7b36a; }\n.pl-v6hw .note { background: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0; padding: 14px 18px; margin-bottom: 14px; font-size: 14px; }\n.pl-v6hw a { color: #b98b35; font-weight: 600; }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl-v6hw\"\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"bloc\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBox of 6 Halloween Cupcakes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePastry Colours Halloween cupcake box, designed to carry and display 6 cupcakes. Its inner insert secures each cake and prevents it from sliding, while the Halloween pattern decorates the box for seasonal sales, party orders, and October sweet tables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"bloc\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 6 cupcakes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt-in insert to hold cakes securely during transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHalloween print on food-safe cardboard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFoldable assembly, stackable format for flat storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"bloc\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSeasonal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIdeal for selling decorated cupcakes in an October shop, delivering a party order, or gifting a themed box. Decorate cupcakes with orange, purple, or black frosting and spooky toppers. Find other containers in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/boites-a-cupcakes\"\u003ecupcake boxes\u003c\/a\u003e collection, matching liners in \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/caissettes\"\u003ecupcake and muffin liners\u003c\/a\u003e, and all seasonal decor in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/theme-effrayant\"\u003espooky theme\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"note\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e transport the box flat, with cupcakes well chilled so the frosting holds. The cardboard is not waterproof: avoid prolonged exposure to moisture or heat, which would soften the structure and the decoration.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"bloc\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the insert suitable for all cupcakes?\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eIt is sized for standard cupcakes baked in classic liners. Very large muffins may not fit in the slots.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the box protect the frosting?\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eYes, the lid height leaves space above the cupcakes so as not to crush piped frosting, provided the box is transported flat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used outside of Halloween?\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eSince the decoration is thematic, it is mainly suited for October. For a neutral box year-round, see the standard containers in the cupcake boxes collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PASTRY COLOURS","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49264224502099,"sku":"P070365","price":1.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/boite-6-cupcakes-halloween-pastry-colours-1.png?v=1772151925"},{"product_id":"boite-12-cupcakes-choisir-le-chiffre-0-9","title":"Box of 12 Cupcakes - Choose the number (0-9)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e12-Hole Cupcake Box - Numeric Shapes (0 to 9)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMake your cupcakes even more special with the \u003cstrong\u003eSimply Making cupcake boxes\u003c\/strong\u003e. Designed to display your creations in the form of numbers (0 to 9), they are perfect for birthdays, celebrations, or special events.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMain Features:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnique layout\u003c\/strong\u003e: 12 individual holes forming a specific number (choice of 0 to 9). Arrange your cupcakes to create an elegant number.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePerfect dimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e: 30 cm x 20 cm x 10 cm – ideal for securing your cupcakes during transport.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable and aesthetic design\u003c\/strong\u003e: A sleek white finish with a transparent lid to showcase your treats.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure hold\u003c\/strong\u003e: Each hole is designed to stabilize the cupcakes, preventing them from moving or tipping over.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerfect for:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBirthdays\u003c\/strong\u003e: Create meaningful numbers for the age being celebrated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial events\u003c\/strong\u003e: Ideal for wedding anniversaries, lucky numbers, or sports events.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorporate or school parties\u003c\/strong\u003e: Customize your displays to represent important years or numbers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAvailable options:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis product listing offers \u003cstrong\u003e10 variants\u003c\/strong\u003e, corresponding to the numbers 0 to 9. Simply select the desired number when ordering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMaterials and tips:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Sturdy cardboard with a transparent plastic lid.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStorage tip\u003c\/strong\u003e: Keep in a dry place away from moisture before use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"SIMPLY MAKING","offers":[{"title":"0","offer_id":49829505728851,"sku":"SM214976","price":2.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"1","offer_id":49829505761619,"sku":"SM214977","price":2.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"2","offer_id":49829505794387,"sku":"SM214978","price":2.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"3","offer_id":49829505827155,"sku":"SM214979","price":2.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"4","offer_id":49829519458643,"sku":"SM214980","price":2.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"5","offer_id":49829519491411,"sku":"SM214981","price":2.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"6","offer_id":49829519524179,"sku":"SM214982","price":2.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"7","offer_id":49829519556947,"sku":"SM214983","price":2.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"8","offer_id":49829519589715,"sku":"SM214984","price":2.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"9","offer_id":49829519622483,"sku":"SM214985","price":2.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/boite-12-cupcakes-choisir-le-chiffre-0-9-simply-making-1.jpg?v=1772154230"},{"product_id":"boite-rectangulaire-40x30x15cm","title":"Rectangular Cake Box 40x30x15 cm","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n  .patissland-accordions {\n    max-width: 100%;\n    margin: 32px 0;\n    font-family: inherit;\n    color: #2b2b2b;\n  }\n\n  .patissland-accordion {\n    border: 1px solid #eadfcb;\n    border-radius: 14px;\n    margin-bottom: 12px;\n    background: #fff;\n    overflow: hidden;\n  }\n\n  .patissland-accordion summary {\n    cursor: pointer;\n    list-style: none;\n    padding: 18px 22px;\n    font-weight: 700;\n    font-size: 16px;\n    color: #2b2b2b;\n    display: flex;\n    align-items: center;\n    justify-content: space-between;\n    gap: 16px;\n  }\n\n  .patissland-accordion summary::-webkit-details-marker {\n    display: none;\n  }\n\n  .patissland-accordion summary::after {\n    content: \"+\";\n    width: 28px;\n    height: 28px;\n    min-width: 28px;\n    border-radius: 50%;\n    background: #d7b36a;\n    color: #fff;\n    display: inline-flex;\n    align-items: center;\n    justify-content: center;\n    font-size: 20px;\n    line-height: 1;\n    font-weight: 500;\n  }\n\n  .patissland-accordion[open] summary::after {\n    content: \"−\";\n  }\n\n  .patissland-accordion-content {\n    padding: 0 22px 22px;\n    font-size: 15px;\n    line-height: 1.75;\n    color: #444;\n  }\n\n  .patissland-accordion-content p {\n    margin: 0 0 14px;\n  }\n\n  .patissland-accordion-content ul {\n    margin: 8px 0 0;\n    padding-left: 20px;\n  }\n\n  .patissland-accordion-content li {\n    margin-bottom: 8px;\n  }\n\n  .patissland-accordion-content a {\n    color: #b98b35;\n    text-decoration: underline;\n    font-weight: 600;\n  }\n\n  .patissland-accordion-content a:hover {\n    color: #8a6624;\n  }\n\n  .patissland-highlight {\n    color: #b98b35;\n    font-weight: 700;\n  }\n\n  @media (max-width: 768px) {\n    .patissland-accordion summary {\n      padding: 16px 18px;\n      font-size: 15px;\n    }\n\n    .patissland-accordion-content {\n      padding: 0 18px 20px;\n      font-size: 14px;\n    }\n  }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"patissland-accordions\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"patissland-accordion\" open=\"\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAzucren Rectangular Cake Box 40.6 × 30.4 × 15.2 cm, American inch format 16 × 12 × 6 inches\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"patissland-accordion-content\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCarry and protect your cakes with this \u003cstrong\u003ewhite rectangular Azucren cake box\u003c\/strong\u003e with precise dimensions \u003cstrong\u003e40.6 × 30.4 × 15.2 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e, equivalent to the American standard size \u003cspan class=\"patissland-highlight\"\u003e16 × 12 × 6 inches\u003c\/span\u003e. Designed to meet the needs of professional and advanced amateur pastry chefs, this sturdy and elegant box ensures optimal protection for your sweet creations while making handling and storage easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt Patissland, this \u003cstrong\u003eAzucren box\u003c\/strong\u003e is our reference for pastry chefs using cake boards and drums in the American format (16 × 12 inch widely used in international cake design), or for those seeking perfect compatibility with the full Azucren range. Find it in our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/patistopsland.com\/collections\/boites-a-gateaux-1\"\u003erectangular cake box collection\u003c\/a\u003e alongside other catalog formats.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"patissland-accordion\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhy choose the Azucren 40.6 × 30.4 cm format\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"patissland-accordion-content\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e16 × 12 × 6 inches\u003c\/strong\u003e format meets specific professional needs not covered by classic European metric formats:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAmerican inch format 16 × 12 × 6 inch,\u003c\/strong\u003e the global standard for international cake design, especially used in cake design competitions and specialized schools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight 15.2 cm,\u003c\/strong\u003e maximum protection for tall decorations (drapes, sugar paste flowers, figurines, wedding cake tiers)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAzucren brand,\u003c\/strong\u003e the Spanish reference for cake design in Southern Europe, consistently recognized packaging quality by professionals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePerfect compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e with cake boards and drums in inch format used by Anglo-Saxon cake designers and international pastry chefs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElongated rectangular format\u003c\/strong\u003e ideal for number cakes, letter cakes, sheet cakes, and horizontal tiered cakes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"patissland-accordion\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDifference with the FunCakes 40 × 30 × 15 cm EU metric format box\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"patissland-accordion-content\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFrequently asked question, what is the difference between this Azucren box and the FunCakes 40 × 30 × 15 cm box? Both look identical but correspond to \u003cstrong\u003edifferent cake design standards\u003c\/strong\u003e:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAzucren Box 40.6 × 30.4 × 15.2 cm,\u003c\/strong\u003e exact conversion of the US inch size 16 × 12 × 6 inch, perfectly compatible with American cake boards, Spanish brand Azucren, dimensions suited to international templates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFunCakes box 40 × 30 × 15 cm,\u003c\/strong\u003e European metric round format, approximate conversion of US format (with a few millimeters difference), Dutch brand FunCakes, slightly lower height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan class=\"patissland-highlight\"\u003eRecommended choice:\u003c\/span\u003e if you use cake drums in US inch format (very common in international cake design), choose the Azucren box which matches exactly. If you work in pure European metric format, the FunCakes 40 × 30 cm version is your reference. Many international pastry chefs have both formats depending on their orders and available cake drums.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"patissland-accordion\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDetailed technical features\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"patissland-accordion-content\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Azucren (Spanish cake design reference)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel:\u003c\/strong\u003e rectangular box in US inch format\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInternal dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40.6 × 30.4 × 15.2 cm (16 × 12 × 6 inch)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e pure white\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e high-quality rigid food-grade cardboard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e simple and elegant, without visible logo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackaging:\u003c\/strong\u003e sold individually\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e closed box without transparent window\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHigh-quality rigid food-grade cardboard by Azucren ensures good durability over time and withstands transport conditions for event delivery. The neutral white color suits all customizations (ribbons, labels, wax seals for high-end weddings).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"patissland-accordion\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eProfessional usage ideas\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"patissland-accordion-content\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge cakes and tiered cakes\u003c\/strong\u003e in elongated rectangular format for family receptions and events\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber cakes and letter cakes\u003c\/strong\u003e customized (numbers and letters in Joconde biscuit filled with whipped cream and fresh fruit), a strong trend in recent years\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSheet cakes and event cakes\u003c\/strong\u003e generous rectangular cakes for buffets and group birthdays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility with international techniques\u003c\/strong\u003e of American cake design (American Cake Decorating, Wilton, etc.) working in inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMulti-piece trays for buffets,\u003c\/strong\u003e grouping several small individual pastries in a common box for event delivery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWedding cakes\u003c\/strong\u003e with separate tiers transported individually by tier before assembly on site\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEvent pastries\u003c\/strong\u003e with layer cakes decorated in white Renshaw sugar paste compatible with US sizes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"patissland-accordion\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eQuick user guide\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"patissland-accordion-content\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuick assembly without tools,\u003c\/strong\u003e unfold the flat box, form the 4 sides, fold the flaps, the box assembles in under a minute\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCake placement,\u003c\/strong\u003e place your cake previously set on a 12 mm cake drum centered in the box, ensure there is 1-2 cm space all around to avoid decoration rubbing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure closure,\u003c\/strong\u003e fold down the lid, check that no part of the cake top (drape, flower, figurine) touches the lid, fold the closing tabs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptimal cake storage,\u003c\/strong\u003e keep at appropriate temperature (refrigerator for fresh cakes, room temperature for closed sugar paste)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor long transports or hot weather, place the box inside an insulated food bag that maintains the cold chain for 2 to 4 hours depending on insulation quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"patissland-accordion\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCompatibility with inch format cake boards and drums\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"patissland-accordion-content\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe main advantage of this Azucren box is its \u003cstrong\u003eperfect compatibility with US inch format cake boards and cake drums\u003c\/strong\u003e which have become the international cake design standard:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCake drums 16 × 12 inches\u003c\/strong\u003e fit exactly inside without excessive play or compression\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCake boards 14 × 10 inches\u003c\/strong\u003e with 1-2 cm clearance space for side decorations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra-strong Azucren discs\u003c\/strong\u003e perfectly compatible with the full Azucren range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRectangular wooden bases\u003c\/strong\u003e in US format for international tiered cakes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you mainly work in European metric sizes, choose the FunCakes rectangular boxes in 40 × 30 cm format. If you work in inches or have regular international orders, this Azucren box is your reference.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"patissland-accordion\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhy choose Azucren over a generic brand\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"patissland-accordion-content\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eAzucren\u003c\/strong\u003e brand is the Spanish reference specialized in creative pastry and cake design for several decades, particularly renowned in Southern Europe (Spain, Portugal, Italy) for the \u003cstrong\u003equality consistency\u003c\/strong\u003e of its packaging and accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdvantages of Azucren vs generic packaging brands:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecognized quality consistency,\u003c\/strong\u003e each box leaving the factory meets the same dimensional tolerances\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertified rigid food-grade carton,\u003c\/strong\u003e compliant with European food standards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoherent complete range,\u003c\/strong\u003e compatibility with extra-strong Azucren discs, Azucren sugar pearls, Azucren edible gold paints, and other brand accessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInternational distribution,\u003c\/strong\u003e you will find the same Azucren products in professional pastry shops in several European countries, ensuring supply continuity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSimple and professional aesthetic,\u003c\/strong\u003e clean design without visible logo, ideal for pastry shops wishing to customize with their own brand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"patissland-accordion\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eComplementary Patissland products\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"patissland-accordion-content\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra-strong Azucren discs,\u003c\/strong\u003e perfect compatibility with the box for cake stabilization during transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRectangular cake drums\u003c\/strong\u003e in various sizes (cardboard or rigid wood) for a solid base inside the box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOther Azucren products\u003c\/strong\u003e from the full range, edible gold paints, sugar pearls, flavored sugars, Chocomilk and Chocobar creams for fillings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEuropean format alternative\u003c\/strong\u003e with FunCakes rectangular boxes 40 × 30 × 15 cm strict metric format\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge format cake boxes with transparent window\u003c\/strong\u003e for wedding cakes and creations that need to be visible upon arrival at the customer's\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupport rods and dowels\u003c\/strong\u003e for tiered cakes and multi-layer wedding cakes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRenshaw Extra sugar paste\u003c\/strong\u003e in 1 kg or 10 kg formats for covering cakes intended for this box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInsulated food bags\u003c\/strong\u003e for long-distance transport in hot weather\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCake boards in inches\u003c\/strong\u003e perfectly compatible with the interior dimensions of the box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscover all our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/patistopsland.com\/collections\/boites-a-gateaux-1\"\u003erectangular cake boxes\u003c\/a\u003e and our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/patistopsland.com\/collections\/boites-a-gateaux\"\u003ecomplete cake box collection\u003c\/a\u003e to find the size that exactly matches your creations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"patissland-accordion\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"patissland-accordion-content\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy dimensions in inches (16 × 12 × 6 inch)?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe inch format is the global standard for international cake design, used by American and British schools (Wilton, PME, Cake International, etc.) and by the majority of international cake design competitions. Many European pastry chefs who follow these trainings buy their cake drums in inches, hence the need for boxes compatible with this precise format.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference with the FunCakes box 40 × 30 × 15 cm?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA few millimeters difference due to the reference standard (US inches for Azucren, strict metric for FunCakes). The Azucren box is slightly larger in all dimensions (+0.6 \/ +0.4 \/ +0.2 cm), making it compatible with cake drums in standard US inch sizes. If you use 40 × 30 cm metric cake drums, FunCakes is your reference.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to stabilize the cake in the box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePlace the cake on a 12 mm diameter cake drum slightly smaller than the box's internal dimensions (1 to 2 cm margin all around), center it. For maximum stability, you can fix the drum to the bottom of the box with 4 small double-sided tape spots under the drum.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for refrigerator storage?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, Azucren cardboard withstands refrigerator temperatures (4°C). However, avoid prolonged moisture shocks (very humid fridge or excessive condensation) which could eventually soften the cardboard. For long-term storage, transfer the cake to a rigid airtight container.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan these boxes be stacked?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, these Azucren boxes are designed to be stacked 2 to 3 units high when the cakes inside are not too tall (leave 2-3 cm clearance under the lid). For cakes that almost touch the lid (tall drapes, figurines), avoid stacking to prevent crushing delicate decorations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility with my cake boards in inches?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, this is actually the main advantage of this Azucren reference. The 14 × 10 inch cake boards and 16 × 12 inch cake drums fit perfectly inside without excessive play or compression of side decorations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many times can the box be reused?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWith careful use (no moisture, no shocks, gentle folding of flaps), the box can be reused 2 to 3 times for personal event transport. For professional commercial use, single use is the standard for hygiene and presentation; each customer receives a new box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Azucren box recyclable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the cardboard is 100% recyclable in standard paper-cardboard sorting. Make sure the box contains no food residues or tape before placing it in the recycling bin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy choose Azucren over a generic brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRecognized quality consistency (each box meets the same tolerances), compatibility with the full Azucren range (extra-strong boards, gold paints, etc.), international distribution ensuring supply continuity, understated design suitable for customization by high-end pastry shops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"AZUCREN","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50442322542931,"sku":"DE88248","price":2.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/boite-a-gateau-40x30x15cm-azucren-1.jpg?v=1772155399"},{"product_id":"boite-a-gateau-dolce-limone","title":"Gourmet Box - Sweet Lemon","description":"\u003ch3 data-pm-slice=\"1 1 []\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eGourmet Box \"Dolce Limone\"\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 23.5 x 16 x 5 cm\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDescription:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e The Dolce Limone gourmet box brings a fresh and Mediterranean touch to your homemade creations. With its original design and lemon-themed patterns evoking the charms of the South, it is ideal for elegantly presenting your cookies, donuts, cupcakes, or any other lovingly prepared treat. Perfect for gifting or to beautify your table during parties or special events.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-spread=\"false\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eElegant Mediterranean patterns with lemons\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePerfectly suited for cookies, donuts, cupcakes, and treats\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSturdy material to protect your sweets\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePractical and aesthetic format for transport and gifting\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUsage:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Ideal for your gourmet gifts, receptions, snacks, weddings, birthdays, or simply for an elegant daily treat.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"DECORA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50576676258131,"sku":"0346032","price":1.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/boite-gourmande-dolce-limone-decora-1.jpg?v=1772155808"},{"product_id":"boite-a-gateau-sorrento-citron","title":"Gourmet Box - Sorrento Lemon","description":"\u003ch3 data-start=\"163\" data-end=\"224\"\u003e\"Sorrento\" Lemon Gourmet Box – 23.5 x 16 x 5 cm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"226\" data-end=\"532\"\u003eAdd a Mediterranean and refined touch to your homemade pastries with the magnificent \"Sorrento\" gourmet box decorated with lemons. Inspired by the authentic charm of Southern Italy, this box combines an elegant traditional blue tile pattern with the summery freshness of lemon.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"534\" data-end=\"792\"\u003eWhether you want to pack delicious handmade cookies, carefully decorated cupcakes, tasty homemade donuts, or any other gourmet treat, the \"Sorrento\" box is perfect for a chic and refined presentation of your sweets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"794\" data-end=\"994\"\u003eThanks to its ideal size (\u003cstrong data-start=\"820\" data-end=\"874\"\u003e23.5 cm long, 16 cm wide, and 5 cm high\u003c\/strong\u003e), you can easily place several treats inside while ensuring their perfect protection during transport.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"996\" data-end=\"1236\"\u003eThis lemon-patterned box is not only perfect for gifting your creations to loved ones, but it is also ideal for professionals looking to offer their artisanal pastries in original and neat packaging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1238\" data-end=\"1264\"\u003e \u003cstrong data-start=\"1241\" data-end=\"1264\"\u003eProduct highlights:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-start=\"1266\" data-end=\"1585\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1266\" data-end=\"1322\"\u003eUnique design with a fresh and elegant lemon print.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1323\" data-end=\"1382\"\u003eSturdy cardboard ensuring good product protection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1383\" data-end=\"1447\"\u003eGenerous dimensions, suitable for all kinds of sweets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1448\" data-end=\"1585\"\u003ePerfect for gifting, special events, weddings, birthdays, or simply to brighten someone's day.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1587\" data-end=\"1777\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1587\" data-end=\"1777\"\u003eAdd a sunny touch to your culinary creations with this beautiful \"Sorrento\" Lemon gourmet box. Your treats have never been presented so beautifully!\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"DECORA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50576697098579,"sku":"0346033","price":1.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/boite-gourmande-sorrento-citron-decora-1.jpg?v=1772155810"},{"product_id":"boite-gourmande-citron-amalfi","title":"Gourmet Box - Amalfi Lemon","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"185\" data-end=\"367\"\u003eEnhance your homemade creations with this beautiful \u003cstrong data-start=\"237\" data-end=\"270\"\u003eAmalfi Lemon Gourmet Box\u003c\/strong\u003e, perfect for presenting cookies, cupcakes, mini muffins, donuts, and all your favorite treats.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"369\" data-end=\"563\"\u003eDecorated with lovely yellow lemon patterns, the Amalfi box adds a colorful, summery, and fresh touch, instantly evoking the warm atmosphere of the Amalfi Coast.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"565\" data-end=\"872\"\u003eMade from high-quality rigid cardboard, it ensures excellent durability and perfectly protects your pastries during transport or as an elegant and original gift. Its rectangular size (\u003cstrong data-start=\"762\" data-end=\"782\"\u003e23.5 x 16 x 5 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e) is ideal for storing multiple treats while ensuring a refined presentation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"874\" data-end=\"1071\"\u003eThis vitamin-inspired biscuit and pastry box is perfect for all occasions: birthdays, weddings, celebrations, or simply to offer homemade sweets to your loved ones.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1073\" data-end=\"1118\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1073\" data-end=\"1118\"\u003eWhy choose the Amalfi Lemon Box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-start=\"1120\" data-end=\"1483\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1120\" data-end=\"1206\"\u003e \u003cstrong data-start=\"1125\" data-end=\"1150\"\u003eOriginal lemon design\u003c\/strong\u003e: a touch of freshness and sunshine on your table.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1207\" data-end=\"1280\"\u003e \u003cstrong data-start=\"1212\" data-end=\"1234\"\u003eIdeal dimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e for cookies, mini muffins, donuts, and cupcakes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1281\" data-end=\"1338\"\u003e \u003cstrong data-start=\"1286\" data-end=\"1309\"\u003eOptimal protection\u003c\/strong\u003e thanks to sturdy cardboard.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1339\" data-end=\"1404\"\u003e \u003cstrong data-start=\"1344\" data-end=\"1367\"\u003ePerfect for gifting\u003c\/strong\u003e or enhancing your homemade creations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1405\" data-end=\"1483\"\u003e \u003cstrong data-start=\"1409\" data-end=\"1437\"\u003eMediterranean ambiance\u003c\/strong\u003e guaranteed with charming and carefully designed packaging.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1485\" data-end=\"1610\"\u003eAdd a dose of cheerfulness to your treats and surprise those around you with this charming lemon-themed box.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"DECORA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50576762831187,"sku":"0346031","price":1.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/boite-gourmande-citron-amalfi-decora-1.jpg?v=1772155813"},{"product_id":"boite-gourmande-mosaique","title":"Gourmet Box - Mosaic","description":"\u003ch2 data-start=\"87\" data-end=\"143\"\u003eMosaic Sun Gourmet Box - 23.5 x 16 x 5 cm\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"145\" data-end=\"335\"\u003eDiscover the charming \u003cstrong data-start=\"168\" data-end=\"203\"\u003eMosaic Sun gourmet box\u003c\/strong\u003e, perfect for holding and showcasing your cookies, donuts, cupcakes, muffins, and all your homemade pastry creations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"337\" data-end=\"649\"\u003eWith its sunny design inspired by traditional Mediterranean mosaics, this box adds an elegant and colorful touch to your pastries. Its refined geometric patterns and vibrant colors recall the typical azulejo tiles of the south, creating a warm and authentic visual effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"651\" data-end=\"895\"\u003eThanks to its practical size (\u003cstrong data-start=\"680\" data-end=\"700\"\u003e23.5 x 16 x 5 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e), this box is perfect for gifting artisanal treats to your loved ones, decorating a festive table, or simply preserving your creations in style while on the go.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 data-start=\"897\" data-end=\"944\"\u003eWhy choose the Mosaic Sun box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul data-start=\"946\" data-end=\"1321\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"946\" data-end=\"1021\"\u003e \u003cstrong data-start=\"951\" data-end=\"984\"\u003eOriginal and warm design\u003c\/strong\u003e evoking Mediterranean sweetness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1022\" data-end=\"1119\"\u003e \u003cstrong data-start=\"1027\" data-end=\"1054\"\u003eVersatile and practical\u003c\/strong\u003e, perfect for cookies, cupcakes, mini muffins, and homemade treats.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1120\" data-end=\"1189\"\u003e \u003cstrong data-start=\"1125\" data-end=\"1150\"\u003eDurable and sturdy\u003c\/strong\u003e, effectively protects your pastries.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1190\" data-end=\"1261\"\u003e \u003cstrong data-start=\"1195\" data-end=\"1228\"\u003eIdeal as gift packaging\u003c\/strong\u003e, for a refined presentation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1262\" data-end=\"1321\"\u003e \u003cstrong data-start=\"1267\" data-end=\"1285\"\u003eColorful patterns\u003c\/strong\u003e that brighten every sweet moment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1323\" data-end=\"1450\"\u003eGive an elegant and radiant setting to your culinary creations, and share a moment of pleasure with the Mosaic Sun box.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"DECORA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50576790290771,"sku":"0346034","price":0.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/boite-gourmande-mosaique-decora-1.jpg?v=1772155815"},{"product_id":"boite-gourmande-sweet-love","title":"Gourmet Box - Sweet Love","description":"\u003ch2 data-start=\"78\" data-end=\"126\"\u003e Sweet Love Gift Box - 23.5 x 16 x 5 cm\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"128\" data-end=\"343\"\u003eExpress your love gently with the \u003cstrong data-start=\"168\" data-end=\"195\"\u003eSweet Love Gift Box\u003c\/strong\u003e. Decorated with delicate small red hearts and multicolored dots, this box adds a romantic and charming touch to your homemade treats.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"345\" data-end=\"615\"\u003ePerfect for gifting cookies, cupcakes, macarons, donuts, or other artisanal pastries, the Sweet Love box will be your ideal companion for Valentine’s Day, birthdays, Mother’s Day, or simply to surprise your loved ones anytime throughout the year.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 data-start=\"617\" data-end=\"659\"\u003eWhy choose the Sweet Love Box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul data-start=\"661\" data-end=\"1045\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"661\" data-end=\"739\"\u003e \u003cstrong data-start=\"666\" data-end=\"698\"\u003eRomantic and elegant design\u003c\/strong\u003e, perfect for conveying your affection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"740\" data-end=\"810\"\u003e \u003cstrong data-start=\"745\" data-end=\"767\"\u003eVersatile size\u003c\/strong\u003e, suitable for a variety of homemade sweets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"811\" data-end=\"898\"\u003e \u003cstrong data-start=\"816\" data-end=\"841\"\u003eSturdy and attractive\u003c\/strong\u003e, protects your creations while showcasing them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"899\" data-end=\"981\"\u003e \u003cstrong data-start=\"904\" data-end=\"928\"\u003ePerfect for gifting\u003c\/strong\u003e, to delight your loved ones on any occasion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"982\" data-end=\"1045\"\u003e \u003cstrong data-start=\"986\" data-end=\"1012\"\u003eTender and colorful style\u003c\/strong\u003e, for a guaranteed surprise effect.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1047\" data-end=\"1155\"\u003ePresent your delicious creations in a refined way that will make hearts beat even faster!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"DECORA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50576877060435,"sku":"0346012","price":1.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/boite-gourmande-sweet-love-decora-1.jpg?v=1772155817"},{"product_id":"boite-gourmande-festive","title":"Gourmet Box - Festive","description":"\u003cp data-pm-slice=\"1 3 []\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Festive Gourmet Gift Box\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDescription:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Add a festive and colorful touch to your homemade treats with this pretty box decorated with festive and colorful patterns. Perfect for wrapping cookies, cupcakes, donuts, macarons, chocolates, candies, or any other lovingly made sweet, it will enhance all your pastry creations.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan class=\"\"\u003eBox dimensions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e: 23.5x16x5h cm\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIdeal for celebrating birthdays, children's parties, weddings, baby showers, or other special events, this box will add a joyful and original touch to your gourmet gifts or display presentations. Made from sturdy cardboard, it effectively protects its contents while offering a neat and attractive presentation.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-spread=\"false\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFestive and joyful decoration\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSolid and durable material\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePerfectly suited for homemade treats\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEasy and quick to use\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-spread=\"false\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSuitable for a wide variety of homemade pastries (cookies, cupcakes, muffins, etc.)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOccasions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-spread=\"false\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBirthdays\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFamily parties\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSpecial events\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eGourmet gifts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAll festive celebrations\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"DECORA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50579647922515,"sku":"0346017","price":1.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/boite-gourmande-festive-decora-1.jpg?v=1772155819"},{"product_id":"boite-gourmande-jardin-fleuri","title":"Gourmet Box - Flower Garden","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"93\" data-end=\"165\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"116\" data-end=\"165\"\u003eFloral Garden Pastry Box - 23.5x16x5 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr data-start=\"167\" data-end=\"170\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"172\" data-end=\"663\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"172\" data-end=\"191\"\u003eProduct sheet:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"191\" data-end=\"194\"\u003ePresent your cookies, cupcakes, donuts, pastries, or homemade treats with softness and elegance thanks to this charming \"Floral Garden\" pastry box. Its colorful spring floral pattern will bring a fresh and joyful touch to all your delicious creations. Perfect for gifting, for a reception, or simply to beautify your homemade sweets, this cardboard box is sturdy, easy to assemble, and effectively protects its contents.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-start=\"665\" data-end=\"966\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"665\" data-end=\"714\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong data-start=\"667\" data-end=\"683\"\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 23.5 x 16 x 5 cm (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"715\" data-end=\"762\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong data-start=\"717\" data-end=\"730\"\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Food-grade quality cardboard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"763\" data-end=\"829\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong data-start=\"765\" data-end=\"777\"\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pastel floral patterns (green, blue, yellow, and pink)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"830\" data-end=\"908\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong data-start=\"832\" data-end=\"849\"\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e ideal for cookies, cupcakes, donuts, and small cakes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"909\" data-end=\"966\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong data-start=\"911\" data-end=\"933\"\u003eEasy to assemble\u003c\/strong\u003e and secure for transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"968\" data-end=\"1040\"\u003eGive your delicious creations the delicate packaging they deserve.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"DECORA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50579712672083,"sku":"0346016","price":1.59,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/boite-gourmande-jardin-fleuri-decora-1.jpg?v=1772155821"},{"product_id":"boite-gourmande-marguerite-grise","title":"Gourmet Box - Gray Daisy","description":"\u003cp data-pm-slice=\"1 3 []\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMarguerite Gourmet Box – Floral Pattern Gift Packaging\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAdd a sweet and springtime touch to your homemade treats with the Marguerite Gourmet Box. Its delicate design adorned with pretty daisies and leaves brings a natural freshness that will make both children and adults smile. Perfect for presenting your cookies, donuts, cupcakes, macarons, or other small artisanal delights, it will enhance your creations for all kinds of events or simply to offer an original gourmet gift.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMade from high-quality sturdy cardboard, this box effectively protects your pastries during transport while offering a neat aesthetic presentation. Its practical size of 23.5 x 16 x 5 cm is perfect for holding a nice variety of treats.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEasy to assemble, practical, and lightweight, this pretty box decorated with delicate daisies will be your ideal ally to elegantly offer or present your pastry creations.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-spread=\"false\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eColorful and springtime Marguerite floral pattern\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIdeal size: 23.5 x 16 x 5 cm\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCardboard material\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePerfect for cookies, cupcakes, donuts, and other homemade treats\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"DECORA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50579725582675,"sku":"0346015","price":1.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/boite-gourmande-marguerite-grise-decora-1.jpg?v=1772155823"},{"product_id":"boite-gourmande-tropical","title":"Gourmet Box - Tropical","description":"\u003ch3 data-start=\"78\" data-end=\"141\"\u003eGourmet Box – Tropical Pattern\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"143\" data-end=\"456\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"143\" data-end=\"160\"\u003eDescription:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"160\" data-end=\"163\"\u003eGive your gourmet creations an original and refreshing case with this box decorated with tropical patterns. Perfect for holding cookies, macarons, donuts, cupcakes, or other delicious homemade treats, it will showcase your pastries with elegance and originality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"458\" data-end=\"649\"\u003eIts trendy design with green tropical leaves on a light background sprinkled with pastel geometric shapes makes it an ideal packaging for festive events or personalized gifts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"651\" data-end=\"751\"\u003eSturdy and aesthetic, this box perfectly protects your sweets during transport or as a gift.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"753\" data-end=\"777\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"753\" data-end=\"775\"\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-start=\"778\" data-end=\"969\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"778\" data-end=\"821\"\u003eDimensions: 23.5 x 16 x 5 cm (height)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"822\" data-end=\"864\"\u003eMaterial: Food-grade sturdy cardboard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"865\" data-end=\"929\"\u003eColor: Tropical pattern (green leaves, pastel triangles)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"930\" data-end=\"969\"\u003eEasy to assemble and close\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"971\" data-end=\"989\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"971\" data-end=\"987\"\u003eIdeal for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-start=\"990\" data-end=\"1105\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"990\" data-end=\"1021\"\u003eOriginal gourmet gifts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1022\" data-end=\"1060\"\u003eBirthdays, special events\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1061\" data-end=\"1105\"\u003eRefined presentation of your pastries\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"DECORA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50579781222739,"sku":"0346014","price":1.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/boite-gourmande-tropical-decora-1.jpg?v=1772155826"},{"product_id":"boite-gourmande-feuilles-tropicales","title":"Gourmet Box - Tropical Leaves","description":"\u003ch3 data-start=\"78\" data-end=\"151\"\u003eGourmet Gift Box – Tropical Leaf Pattern\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"153\" data-end=\"466\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"153\" data-end=\"170\"\u003eDescription:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"170\" data-end=\"173\"\u003eThis beautiful cookie box adorned with tropical leaves is the perfect packaging to enhance your homemade treats. Its delicate green plant motifs on a white background add a fresh and elegant touch to your cookies, macarons, cupcakes, or other artisanal pastries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"468\" data-end=\"758\"\u003eDesigned from sturdy food-grade cardboard, it allows you to safely carry and present your treats while offering them attractive packaging. Ideal for gourmet gifts or to showcase your pastry creations at special events or everyday occasions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"760\" data-end=\"784\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"760\" data-end=\"782\"\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-start=\"785\" data-end=\"950\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"785\" data-end=\"828\"\u003eDimensions: 23.5 x 16 x 5 cm (height)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"829\" data-end=\"870\"\u003eMaterial: Sturdy food-grade cardboard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"871\" data-end=\"917\"\u003eColor: Green tropical leaf pattern\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"918\" data-end=\"950\"\u003eEasy assembly and closure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"952\" data-end=\"970\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"952\" data-end=\"968\"\u003eIdeal for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-start=\"971\" data-end=\"1120\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"971\" data-end=\"1014\"\u003eElegant gourmet gift packaging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1015\" data-end=\"1071\"\u003eNeat presentation of cookies, macarons, cupcakes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1072\" data-end=\"1120\"\u003eTropical-themed events, summer parties\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"DECORA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50579787874643,"sku":"0346013","price":1.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/boite-gourmande-feuilles-tropicales-decora-1.jpg?v=1772155828"},{"product_id":"boite-gourmande-pois-multicolores","title":"Gourmet Box - Multicolored Peas","description":"\u003ch3 data-start=\"0\" data-end=\"71\"\u003eGourmet Gift Box - Multicolored Polka Dot Pattern\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"73\" data-end=\"390\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"73\" data-end=\"90\"\u003eDescription:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"90\" data-end=\"93\"\u003eDiscover this pretty cookie box with a cheerful and colorful design thanks to its original print featuring multicolored polka dots. This box, with its festive and friendly look, is perfect for gifting or presenting your homemade pastries: cookies, macarons, doughnuts, cupcakes, and other treats.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"392\" data-end=\"683\"\u003eMade from high-quality food-grade cardboard, it ensures excellent protection and preservation of your gourmet creations while giving them a flawless presentation. Ideal for all occasions, whether a birthday, a party, or simply to please!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"685\" data-end=\"709\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"685\" data-end=\"707\"\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-start=\"710\" data-end=\"881\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"710\" data-end=\"753\"\u003eDimensions: 23.5 x 16 x 5 cm (height)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"754\" data-end=\"797\"\u003eMaterial: Food-grade cardboard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"798\" data-end=\"852\"\u003eColor: Multicolored polka dot pattern on white background\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"853\" data-end=\"881\"\u003eEasy assembly and closure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"883\" data-end=\"901\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"883\" data-end=\"899\"\u003eIdeal for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-start=\"902\" data-end=\"1071\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"902\" data-end=\"944\"\u003eColorful gourmet gift wrapping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"945\" data-end=\"1014\"\u003eElegant presentation of cookies, cupcakes, and other pastries\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1015\" data-end=\"1071\"\u003eBirthdays, children's parties, and festive occasions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"DECORA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50579790528851,"sku":"0346011","price":1.59,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/boite-gourmande-pois-multicolores-decora-1.jpg?v=1772155830"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/collections\/boites-a-gateaux-patissland.jpg?v=1777667339","url":"https:\/\/patistopsland.com\/en\/collections\/boites-a-gateaux.oembed","provider":"Patissland","version":"1.0","type":"link"}